WO2023216888A1 - Sensing method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Sensing method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023216888A1
WO2023216888A1 PCT/CN2023/090941 CN2023090941W WO2023216888A1 WO 2023216888 A1 WO2023216888 A1 WO 2023216888A1 CN 2023090941 W CN2023090941 W CN 2023090941W WO 2023216888 A1 WO2023216888 A1 WO 2023216888A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frame
information
sector
brp
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/090941
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
娜仁格日勒
韩霄
杜瑞
狐梦实
郭宇宸
李云波
李伊青
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023216888A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023216888A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0457Variable allocation of band or rate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a sensing method and a communication device.
  • Wi-Fi radar can be used to detect the presence of objects in the transmission path environment, movement trajectories, biometrics and other sensing technologies.
  • STA station
  • AP access point
  • Wi-Fi radar can be used to detect the presence of objects in the transmission path environment, movement trajectories, biometrics and other sensing technologies.
  • how to use STA or AP to realize sensing is still in the exploratory stage.
  • This application provides a method and device for realizing sensing, which can realize flexible sensing.
  • a first aspect provides a method for realizing sensing.
  • the method can be executed by a first device or a chip in the first device.
  • the method includes: the first device receives first information from a second device, and the first information is To indicate that the second device can provide information about the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or a data frame; the first device measures the first frame from the second device to A measurement result is generated, and the information of the first transmitting sector and the measurement result are used to generate a sensing result.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the first frame and/or the second device can be used for sensing.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing.
  • Passive sensing may mean that: (the device, frame or frame transmission) is not specially designed (or specifically designed) for sensing, and other devices can use the relevant information (of the device, frame or frame transmission) for sensing.
  • the relevant information may be the transmitting sector information of the present application, that is, the second device can provide the transmitting sector information corresponding to the first frame.
  • passive sensing transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.
  • the first information may also be used to indicate that the second device can accurately send the first frame.
  • the first information indicates that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector by indicating that the second device can accurately send the first frame.
  • the first information may also be used to indicate the accuracy of the time intervals between multiple first frames.
  • the first information accurately indicates that the second device can provide the time interval between multiple first frames.
  • First send sector information In other words, the first information accurately indicates that the second device can provide the time interval between multiple first frames.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the first information can indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame and the location information of the second device, and then the first device can request the first sending sector.
  • Information and location information are used for perception.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends a first request frame; the first device receives a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes The second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
  • the first device can obtain the sending sector information of the second device through the interaction of the request frame and the response frame between the first device and the second device, and measuring the interaction of the first frame and the sector information can It occurs at different time periods, making the perception more flexible and applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
  • the method further includes: the first device generating a correspondence between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector, and the second transmitting sector is the first Transmitting sectors of the second device, the second transmitting sector includes the first transmitting sector; the first device determines the information of the first transmitting sector based on the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the information of the first transmitting sector. logo.
  • the first device can store the information of the transmitting sector of the second device, and create a search list of the information and identification of the transmitting sector, so that the first device can request the identification of the first transmitting sector through Searching the list to obtain the information of the first sending sector can save transmission overhead.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the first device receives a response to Information about the second sending sector of the second request frame.
  • the first device stores information of the second sending sector.
  • the first device can request to obtain the information of the second transmission sector of the second device, so that the information of the transmission sector can be transmitted only once during the sensing process, which can reduce the overhead of air interface signaling.
  • the method further includes: the first device obtains a transmission resource for sending the first request frame, the transmission resource being a resource allocated to the first device, or , the transmission resource is not a resource allocated to the first device.
  • the first device can independently search for transmission opportunities to send the first request frame.
  • the first device can send the first request frame through a mechanism such as preemption, thereby achieving flexible sensing.
  • the method further includes: if the first device does not send the first request frame after a first time after measuring the first frame, discard the measurement result; if the first device After measuring the first frame, the device does not receive the first response frame after the second time, and then discards the measurement result; if the first device does not receive the first response frame after the third time after sending the first request frame, and the first If the device has not measured the first frame, it resends the first request frame.
  • the first device can discard the measurement results when the measurement results are out of date or invalid, or resend the first request frame when the measurement results are not invalid to achieve reliable sensing.
  • the first information when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
  • the first information can be carried in multiple ways to improve the flexibility of perception.
  • the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the identification of the transmitting sector can be indicated in a variety of ways, such as by identifying the BRP frame and/or data frame carrying the transmitting sector. Multiple types of frames and time periods can be supported, and flexible sensing can be achieved. .
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site.
  • the device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • a second aspect provides a method for realizing sensing.
  • the method can be executed by a second device or a chip in the second device.
  • the method includes: the second device sends first information to the first device, and the first information is used to Indicate that the second device can provide information about the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, and the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or a data frame; the second device sends the first frame to the first device, and the first frame Used to generate measurement results, the information and measurement results of the first transmitting sector are used to generate sensing results.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the method further includes: the second device receives the first request frame; the second device sends a first response frame in response to the first request frame, and the first response frame includes the first request frame. Two information, the second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
  • the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
  • the second information indicates the identity of the first transmitting sector.
  • the method further includes: the second device receives a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the second device responds to the second request frame.
  • the second request frame sends information of the second sending sector, the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
  • the method further includes: the second device obtains a transmission resource used to send the first response frame, and the transmission resource is a resource allocated to the second device, or, The transmission resource is not a resource allocated to the second device.
  • the first information when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; when the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a medium access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
  • the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site.
  • the device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • a communication device in a third aspect, includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiver unit is used to receive first information from a second device, and the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the first
  • the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the frame, the first frame is the beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or the data frame; the processing unit is used to measure the first frame from the second device to generate the measurement result, the first sending sector Zone information and measurements are used to generate perception results.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first request frame; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes The second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
  • the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
  • the processing unit is also configured to generate a correspondence between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector, and the second transmitting sector is the second device.
  • the second transmission sector includes the first transmission sector; the processing unit is also used to determine the information of the first transmission sector according to the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the information of the first transmission sector. logo.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the transceiver unit is also used to receive a response to Information about the second sending sector of the second request frame.
  • the processing unit is further configured to obtain a transmission resource for sending the first request frame, the transmission resource being a resource allocated to the first device, or the The transmission resources are not resources allocated to the first device.
  • the processing unit is also used to discard the measurement results.
  • the processing unit if the processing unit does not send the first request frame within the first time after measuring the first frame, the processing unit is also configured to discard the measurement result; if After the processing unit measures the first frame, if the transceiver unit does not receive the first response frame after a second period of time, the processing unit is also configured to discard the measurement results. If after the transceiver unit sends the first request frame, the transceiver unit does not receive the first response frame after the third time, and the processing unit has not measured the first frame, the transceiver unit is also used to resend the first request frame.
  • the first information when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
  • the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site.
  • the device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiver unit is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the first transmission corresponding to the first frame.
  • Sector information the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or data frame; the transceiver unit is used to send the first frame to the first device, the first frame is used to generate measurement results, and the first sending sector information and measurements are used to generate perceptual results.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first request frame; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first response frame in response to the first request frame, and the first response frame includes the first request frame. Two information, the second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
  • the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
  • the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first transmitting sector.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the transceiving unit is further configured to respond to the first request frame.
  • the second request frame sends information of the second sending sector, the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
  • the processing unit is further configured to obtain a transmission resource used for sending the first response frame, where the transmission resource is a resource allocated to the second device, or the transmission resource The resource is not a resource allocated to the second device.
  • the first information when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
  • the second information is based on at least one of the following information Item generated: dialogue token corresponding to the first frame, transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, packet number corresponding to the first frame, segment number corresponding to the first frame, sequence number corresponding to the first frame, first frame The corresponding communication identifier and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site.
  • the device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method provided in the first aspect.
  • the communication device may include units and/or modules for executing the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the above implementations of the first aspect, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit.
  • the communication device is a first device.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication device is a chip, a chip system or a circuit in the first device.
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit etc.; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method provided in the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include units and/or modules, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for executing the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the above implementations of the second aspect.
  • the communication device is a second device.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the communication device is a chip, chip system or circuit in the second device.
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
  • a communication device including a processor and, optionally, a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor is used to retrieve the signal from the memory.
  • the computer program is called and run, so that the sending device executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the first device further includes a transceiver, which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a transceiver which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device including a processor and, optionally, a memory.
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor is used to call the memory from the memory. and run the computer program, so that the second device executes the method in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the second device further includes a transceiver, which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a transceiver which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication system, including: a first device, configured to perform the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect; and a second device, configured to perform the above second aspect. Or any method in the possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or code.
  • the computer program or code When the computer program or code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect.
  • the method in any possible implementation manner, or the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor being coupled to a memory, the memory being used to store a computer program, the processor being used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation
  • the sending device equipped with the chip system performs the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and causes the receiving device installed with the chip system to perform the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. method in.
  • the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run by a sending device, it executes the above-mentioned first aspect or any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect. The method; and, when the computer program code is run by the receiving device, execute the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a BI
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of beam training
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of beam tracking
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of signal transmission between AP and STA
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application being carried in the BRP request field;
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application carried in the DMG beam refinement unit;
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application being carried in the EDMG BRP domain;
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application carried in the EDMG BRP request unit;
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the MAC header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the PHY header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is another schematic diagram of another example in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a capability unit including first information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of an information unit including quantity information of second transmission sectors provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of an information unit including description information of the second transmission sector provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an information unit based on second information generated by a conversation password or PN provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an information unit of second information generated based on a transmission timestamp provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of an information unit in which a first response frame includes description information of a first transmission sector provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of another first response frame including description information of the first sending sector provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • wireless local area network (WLAN) scenarios can be applied to IEEE 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a/b/g standards, 802.11bf standards, 802.11ad standards, 802.11ay standard, or next-generation standards.
  • 802.11bf includes two major categories of standards: low frequency (sub7GHz) and high frequency (60GHz).
  • the implementation of sub7GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be and the next generation.
  • 60GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ad, 802.11ay and the next generation.
  • 802.11ad can also be called directional multi-gigabit.
  • 802.11ay can also be called the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) standard.
  • EDMG enhanced directional multi-gigabit
  • WLAN communication system wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, code Code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, Internet of things (IoT) Network or wireless LAN systems such as vehicle to x (V2X), etc.
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • CDMA code Division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE LTE frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • the terminal in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or a device with wireless communication capabilities Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, terminal devices in future 6G networks or public land mobile networks (PLMN) ), the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile networks
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal.
  • the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system.
  • the base station base transceiver station, BTS), or the base station (nodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional nodeB) in the LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, 5G network
  • the network equipment in the network as well as the network equipment in the future 6G network or the network equipment in the PLMN network are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by this application.
  • the AP (AP110 shown in Figure 1) can be a communication server, router, switch, or any of the above network devices, STA (STA121, STA122 shown in Figure 1) It may be a mobile phone, a computer, or any of the above-mentioned terminals, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • One or more STAs in the site device may communicate with one or more APs in the access point device after establishing an association relationship.
  • AP110 can communicate with STA 121 after establishing an association relationship
  • AP110 can communicate with STA 122 after establishing an association relationship.
  • communication system 100 in Figure 1 is only an example.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application are not only applicable to communication between an AP and one or more STAs, but also to mutual communication between APs, and also to mutual communication between STAs.
  • the access point can be an access point for a terminal (such as a mobile phone) to enter a wired (or wireless) network. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also Deployed outdoors.
  • the access point is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the access point can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the access point may be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards.
  • the access point can support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
  • the access point may also be an access point (AP) or a personal basic service set control point (PCP). Unless otherwise specified in the remainder of this application, the access point refers to either AP or PCP.
  • AP access point
  • PCP personal basic service set control point
  • the site can be a wireless communication chip, wireless sensor or wireless communication terminal, etc., and can also be called a user.
  • the site can be a mobile phone that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function, or a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function.
  • the site can be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards.
  • the site can also support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
  • access points and sites can be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT), smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes, and sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • smart cameras smart remote controls
  • smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes and sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a WLAN or a cellular network.
  • the method may be implemented by a communication device in the wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a communication device that supports multiple links. Wireless communication devices that transmit in parallel are, for example, called multi-link devices or multi-band devices. Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput.
  • Multi-link devices include one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs).
  • An affiliated STA is a logical site and can work on one link. Among them, the affiliated site can be an AP or non-AP STA.
  • a multi-link device whose site is an AP can be called a multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device), and a multi-link device whose site is a non-AP STA It can be called multi-link STA or multi-link STA device or STA multi-link device.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter.
  • the beam used to send signals can be called a transmission beam (transmission beam, Tx beam), a spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter) or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter);
  • the beam used to receive signals can be called a It is the receive beam (reception beam, Rx beam), which can be called the spatial domain receive filter (spatial domain receive filter) or the spatial receive parameter (spatial reception parameter).
  • the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after the signal is emitted by the antenna
  • the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the beam forming technology may be beam forming technology or other technologies.
  • the beamforming technology can be digital beamforming technology, analog beamforming technology, or hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
  • Beams generally correspond to resources.
  • the network device when performing beam measurement, the network device sends different resources through different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network device can learn the quality of the corresponding beam.
  • beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resources.
  • the network device instructs the terminal to receive the beam information of the PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel) through the Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) field in the downlink control information (DCI).
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indication
  • multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam.
  • a beam can be sent through one or more antenna ports and is used to transmit data channels, control channels, sounding signals, etc.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be viewed as a set of antenna ports.
  • each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the index or identifier of the resource can be used to indicate the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the beam forming technology may be beam forming technology or other technical means.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
  • a sector can be a directional beam
  • a transmission sector transmission sector, TX sector
  • a reception sector can correspond to a directional reception beam (reception sector, RX sector).
  • FIG 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a BI.
  • the timeline can be divided into multiple BIs, each BI including beacon header indication (beacon header indication, BHI) and data transmission interval (data transmission interval, DTI).
  • BHI includes beacon transmission interval (beacon transmission interval, BTI), association beamforming training (association beamforming training, A-BFT) and announcement transmission interval (announcement transmission interval, ATI).
  • DTI includes several sub-intervals, which are divided into contention based access period (CBAP) (such as CBAP1 and CBAP2 shown in Figure 2) and service period (service period, SP) ( For example, SP1 and SP2 shown in Figure 2).
  • CBAP contention based access period
  • SP service period
  • PCP/AP will send multiple beacon frames according to sector numbers in BTI for downlink sector scanning; A-BFT is used for STA association and uplink sector scanning; ATI is used for PCP/AP Poll the STA for cached data information and allocate resources in the data transmission interval (DTI) to the STA.
  • DTI data transmission interval
  • the entire DTI will be divided into several sub-intervals.
  • the sub-intervals will be divided into contention-based access period (CBAP) and service period (SP) according to the form of access. The latter is for scheduled transmission. No need to compete.
  • CBAP contention-based access period
  • SP service period
  • Beam training can be mainly divided into two stages: sector-level sweep (SLS) and beam refinement protocol (BRP).
  • beam training may also include an enhanced beam training phase, such as the beam refinement protocol transmit sector sweep (BRP TXSS) phase.
  • BRP TXSS beam refinement protocol transmit sector sweep
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of beam training.
  • the initiating device (beamforming initiator) is the initiator of beam training
  • the response device (beamforming responder) is the receiving end of beam training.
  • the initiating device and the responding device may be different STAs, or they may be APs and STAs, or they may be different APs.
  • Figure 3 illustrates using STA1 as the initiator of beam training and STA2 as the responder of beam training.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the SLS stage.
  • the SLS stage is mainly in the BTI and A-BFT shown in Figure 2. This stage can complete the training of the sending sector.
  • This stage can specifically include three sub-phases: initiator sector sweep (ISS), responder sector sweep (RSS) and sector sweep feedback (SSW-Feedback).
  • ISS initiator sector sweep
  • RSS responder sector sweep
  • SSW-Feedback sector sweep feedback
  • SSW-ACK sector sweep ACK sub-phase
  • STA1 performs the transmission sector of STA1 by sending multiple sector sweep (SSW) frames, multiple short sector scan (Short SSW) frames, or beacon frames containing the SSW field. District training.
  • SSW sector sweep
  • SSW short sector scan
  • beacon frames containing the SSW field. District training.
  • STA2 trains the sending sector of STA2 by sending SSW frames or Short SSW frames in the RSS phase.
  • SLS The results of the above-mentioned ISS and RSS phases are confirmed through the SSW-Feedback phase and SSW-ACK phase, and it is determined whether beam optimization is required. Furthermore, in the SLS phase, STA1 can obtain the optimal transmission sector sent to STA2, and STA2 can also obtain the optimal transmission sector sent to STA1. Through the above process, the training of the transmission sector between STA1 and STA2 can be completed.
  • the BRP stage is mainly in the DTI shown in Figure 2. This stage can complete the training of the receiving sector. In the BRP stage, it can specifically include four sub-stages: BRP setup (BRP setup), multiple sector identifier detection (MID), beam combining (BC) and beam refinement transactions (beam refinement transactions).
  • BRP setup BRP setup
  • MID multiple sector identifier detection
  • BC beam combining
  • beam refinement transactions beam refinement transactions
  • STA1 and STA2 can exchange capability information related to beam training, and configure parameters related to beam training.
  • STA1 can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to send BRP frames, and STA2 trains the directional receiving sector accordingly.
  • STA2 can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to send BRP frames, and STA1 trains the directional receiving sector accordingly.
  • STA1 can select some of the directional transmission sectors obtained in the SLS phase to pair the transmission sectors and reception sectors with STA2.
  • STA1 can use the beam pair with the highest signal to noise ratio (SNR) as the best beam pair for the best communication link, and then use the beam pair for data transmission.
  • SNR signal to noise ratio
  • STA1 and STA2 can explore more transmit sector and receive sector pairs through this sub-stage.
  • STA1 and the receiving device send a BRP protocol data unit (PLCP protocol data unit, PPDU), and the end of the BRP frame in the BRP PPDU carries a TRN (training, TRN) field.
  • PLCP protocol data unit PLCP protocol data unit
  • PPDU BRP protocol data unit
  • TRN training, TRN
  • a directional multi-gigabit (DMG) device can support sending BRP-TX PPDU and BRP-RX PPDU
  • an enhanced (enhanced DMG, EDMG) device can support sending BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU, and BRP- RX/TX PPDU.
  • the end of the BRP frame in the BRP-TX PPDU carries the TRN-T field, and the BRP frame can be used to train the sending sector of STA1.
  • the end of the BRP frame in the BRP-RX PPDU carries the TRN-R field, and the BRP frame can be used to train the receiving sector of STA2.
  • the end of the BRP frame in the BRP-RX/TX PPDU carries the TRN-R/T field, and the BRP frame can be used to simultaneously train the transmit sector of STA1 and the receive sector of STA2.
  • the BRP TXSS phase can be mainly in the DTI phase shown in Figure 2, in which enhanced beam training can be performed on the EDMG equipment.
  • the BRP TXSS phase can specifically include a setup phase, an initiator BRP TXSS phase and an acknowledgment phase.
  • it can also include a receive training phase of the responder. the responder), the responder BRP TXSS phase (responder BRP TXSS phase) and the initiator's receive training phase (receive training phase of the initiator).
  • the setup phase the initiating end and the receiving end can interact with subsequent stages included in the BRP TXSS, as well as related configuration parameters for the BRP TXSS.
  • the initiator can perform enhanced beam training of the initiator's transmit sector by sending BRP-TX PPDU.
  • the initiator can initiate at least one round of training.
  • the initiator can use different DMG antennas to continuously send multiple BRP-TX PPDUs.
  • the initiator sends multiple BRP -The process for TX PPDU can be the same.
  • the responder can use the same DMG antenna to receive multiple BRP-TX PPDUs from different DMG antennas of the initiator.
  • the responder can use different DMG antennas to receive BRP-TX PPDUs.
  • the responder can obtain the best transmitting sector of the initiating end, and carry the relevant information of the best transmitting sector in the BRP frame and feed it back to the initiating end. optionally on the response side
  • the initiator can use the best sending sector obtained previously to send BRP-RX PPDU to the responder, and the responder uses the antenna corresponding to the best sending sector to receive. Sector training.
  • the responder can initiate enhanced beam training of the responder's transmit sector by sending BRP-TX PPDU.
  • the responder can initiate at least one round of training.
  • the optional receiving training phase of the initiator can train the receiving sector.
  • the initiator can send a BRP frame carrying response information to mark the end of BRP TXSS training.
  • Beam tracking can track the link quality of a communication link. For example, when the SNR of the communication link is lower than a specific threshold, the communication link may not be suitable for data transmission, and the initiating device can add a TRN field to the end of the data frame to perform beam tracking.
  • FIG 4 shows a schematic diagram of beam tracking.
  • STA1 adds the TRN-T field at the end of the data frame.
  • STA2 can add a BRP frame at the end of the acknowledgment (acknowledge, Ack) frame to feed back the beam tracking results to the initiating device. Then the initiating device can select the best beam pair to transmit the remaining data.
  • the meaning of the TRN-T field can be found in the above description and will not be described again here.
  • Device, frame or frame transmission is not specially designed (or specifically designed) for sensing, and other devices can use the relevant information (device, frame or frame transmission) for sensing.
  • passive sensing transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.
  • Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of signal transmission between the AP and the STA.
  • the uplink signal sent by the STA may reach the AP through link (1), or it may reach the AP after being reflected by an object through link (2).
  • the signal is a kind of electromagnetic wave
  • the environment on the transmission path can be perceived, that is, the position distribution, shape of the object or the trajectory of the object on the transmission path may be obtained. and other information. Therefore, in the present application, sensing may be achieved using devices, frames, or transmission of frames that are not specifically designed for sensing. Below, the sensing method proposed in this application is first described in detail.
  • Figure 6 shows a schematic flow chart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the second device sends the first information to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device receives the first information from the second device.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first frame is a BRP frame and/or a data frame.
  • the information of the first sending sector is used to generate a perception. result.
  • the first information indicates that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can improve the location information of the second device.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the device that sent the first frame.
  • the location information can be the physical location information of the device, such as location coordinates, relative location coordinates, etc., or it can be the identification of the device.
  • the recognition can indirectly indicate the location information of the device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the BRP frames and data frames may be BRP frames and data frames at any stage during the communication process between the first device and the second device.
  • the BRP frames may be BRP frames during the beam training process described above, such as BRP BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU, BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU in the BRP TXSS phase.
  • this application can realize passive sensing by utilizing BRP frames and data frames that exist in various stages, as well as in the uplink and downlink directions.
  • the information of the first transmitting sector may be used to generate a sensing result. This may mean that the information of the first transmitting sector may be used to generate a sensing result for the surrounding environment on the transmission path of the first frame.
  • the sensing result may include information on the transmission path of the first frame. Object location distribution information, object trajectory information, object feature information and other information that can be obtained by radar sensing.
  • the information of the first transmitting sector may include at least one of the following information: direction information of the first transmitting sector, beam width of the first transmitting sector, sector gain of the first transmitting sector ( sector gain) or the identification information of the first sending sector.
  • the direction information of the first transmitting sector may include sector azimuth (sector azimuth) and/or sector elevation (sector elevation)
  • the beam width of the first transmitting sector may include azimuth beamwidth (azimuth beamwidth).
  • elevation beamwidth elevation beamwidth
  • the identification information of the first transmitting sector may include a sector identification (sector id) and/or a DMG antenna identification (DMG ant id).
  • the sensing result can be obtained by processing the information of the first transmitting sector.
  • the second device is a station and the first device is an access point.
  • the second device is an access point and the first device is a station.
  • the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • the first device and the second device are different sites.
  • the flexibility of sensing can be improved by using the transmission sector information corresponding to BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods for sensing.
  • the first information may indicate that both the BRP frame and the data frame can be used for sensing.
  • the second device may send the first information to the first device in multiple ways, or in a combination of multiple ways.
  • the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field (BRP request field), EDMG BRP domain, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement element or capabilities element;
  • BRP request field BRP request field
  • EDMG BRP domain EDMG BRP request unit
  • DMG beam refinement element or capabilities element
  • the first information is carried in At least one of the following fields: BRP request domain, EDMG BRP domain, EDMG BRP request unit or capability unit
  • the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: Media access Control (medium access control, MAC) header (MAC header), physical layer (physical layer, PHY) header (PHY header) or capability unit.
  • the manner in which the second device sends the first information to the first device may be related to the type of the first frame or the type of the second device.
  • MAC medium access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • S620 The second device sends the first frame to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device measures the first frame from the second device.
  • the first device may perform passive sensing for the first frame to generate a measurement result.
  • the measurement results may include the direction, time, intensity and other results of receiving the first frame that can be used for perception.
  • the first frame may be the BRP frame and/or data frame in the beam training phase in FIG. 3 and the beam tracking phase in FIG. 4 above.
  • the first information may be carried in the first frame, or the first information may use reserved bits in the BRP frame and/or the data frame, and step S610 and step S620 may be combined into one step.
  • the second device may also send the first information to the first device before or after sending the first frame.
  • the first information can be carried in a defined capability unit and indicates the period or type corresponding to the first frame that supports passive sensing.
  • the first information can also be carried in a BRP frame before or after the first frame. (or data frame), indicating that the first frame is a BRP frame (or data frame) after or before the BRP frame (or data frame) carrying the first information.
  • the first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information, then the first device may initiate a request frame for obtaining information on the transmitting sector used for sensing.
  • the first device and the second device are STA and AP respectively or AP and STA respectively
  • the first device can directly send a request frame to the second device.
  • the first device and the second device are different When the STA is connected, the first device may send a request frame to the second device through the corresponding AP. That is, the first device may send a request frame to the AP, and the AP requests the second device for sensing transmission sector information.
  • the following is an exemplary description using the first device and the second device as the STA and the AP respectively.
  • the first device can obtain information about the second sending sector of the second device, where the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
  • the second sending sector may be all sending sectors of the second device.
  • the first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information, and can save the information of all sending sectors of the second device locally, and then when performing passive sensing for the first frame, the first device A device can find the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame from the locally saved information of the second sending sector.
  • the first device locally stores the information of the second sending sector, or if the first device receives the information of the second sending sector of the second device during the communication process, the first device can save it.
  • the first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information. Even if the first device has not triggered the sensing service, the first device can transmit the information of the second sending sector during the communication process. Save it locally for later use when performing sensing services.
  • the first device may request information about the second transmission sector from the second device.
  • the method may further include steps S630 to S640. It should be noted that steps S630 to S640 can be performed before step S620 or after step S620, and the first device can send the second request in any period in which the second request frame can be sent (such as the ATI or DTI period). frame, the second device can also send the second response frame in any period in which the second response frame can be sent (such as the ATI or DTI period), which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first device sends a second request frame to the second device, and correspondingly, the second device receives the second request frame from the first device.
  • the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector. That is, the first device can actively send a second request frame (such as an information request frame) to the second device to request all sector information of the second device.
  • a second request frame such as an information request frame
  • the second device sends the information of the second transmission sector to the first device in response to the second request frame, and correspondingly, the first device receives the second transmission sector information from the second device in response to the second request frame. 2. Send sector information.
  • the second device may send a second response frame (for example, an information response) frame to the first device in response to the second request frame, the second response frame carrying the information of the second sending sector.
  • a second response frame for example, an information response
  • the information of the second transmission sector may include quantity information of the second transmission sector.
  • the second device may define a DMG sector information element including quantity information, and the quantity information may to represent all sectors (all sectors), or the quantity information can also represent a specific value of all or part of the number of transmission sectors (num TX sectors).
  • the second device can learn the quantity information in the association or SLS phase. For example, the second device can obtain all sectors in the ISS through the sector sweep feedback field in the DMG beacon frame or SSW frame. field (total sectors in ISS field) to obtain the quantity information.
  • the information of the second transmitting sector may also include description information of the second transmitting sector.
  • the description information of the second transmitting sector may be carried in a DMG sector descriptor element (DMG sector descriptor element).
  • DMG sector descriptor element For specific exemplary information on the second transmitting sector, please refer to the description of Figures 14 to 15 below.
  • the first device may generate a corresponding relationship between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector based on the information of the second transmitting sector.
  • the corresponding relationship may be a sector look-up table of the second sending sector.
  • the first device can associate the identifier of the second transmitting sector with the description information of the second transmitting sector to form a sector lookup table.
  • the first device can locally save the information of the sending sector of the second device, and then when the first device requests the second device for the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, the second device can only send the first The identifier of the transmitting sector is sent to the first device, and the first device obtains the information of the first transmitting sector through local query, thereby reducing transmission overhead.
  • the first device may request related information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame by sending a first request frame to the second device.
  • the method further includes step S650.
  • the first device obtains a transmission resource for sending the first request frame.
  • the transmission resource may be a resource allocated to the first device.
  • the transmission resource may be a resource allocated to the first device for sending other information, and the first device may use the resource to send the first request frame.
  • the transmission resource may not be a resource allocated to the first device.
  • the first device may use idle resources to send the first request frame, or may preempt resources to send the first request frame.
  • the transmission resource may be a resource in the DTI phase
  • the first device may send the first request frame in the allocated time slot where the first frame is located, such as the TXOP of the SP allocation period or the CBAP allocation period, or the first request frame.
  • a device may also use other time slots to send the first request frame.
  • the measurement result may be discarded.
  • the first time may be preset or may be instructed by the second device, which is not particularly limited in this application. If the first device does not determine the transmission resource to send the first request frame within the predetermined time, or the time corresponding to the transmission resource that the first device determines can send the first request frame exceeds the predetermined time, and the first device has generated the first frame measurement result, then the first device can discard the measurement result. In this case, the measurement result can be considered to be outdated, and the first device does not need to send the first request frame again.
  • the first device sends a first request frame to the second device, and correspondingly, the second device receives the first request frame from the first device.
  • the first device may send the first request frame to the second device before measuring the first frame, or may send the first request frame to the second device after measuring the first frame.
  • the first request frame can also be used to indicate that the request is for information on the transmission sectors of frames in the subsequent period; when the first device When the first request frame is sent to the second device after measuring the first frame, the first request frame may also be used to indicate that the information requested is the transmission sector of the frame of the transmission sector in the previous period.
  • the first request frame may also indicate the type of the first frame, so that the second device may know which type of frame sending sector information to return.
  • the second device determines the transmission resource for sending the first response frame.
  • the manner in which the second device determines the transmission resource for sending the first response frame may be similar to the manner in which the first device determines the transmission resource for sending the first request frame. For the sake of simplicity, details will not be described again here.
  • the second device sends a first response frame to the first device in response to the first request frame, and correspondingly, the first device receives a first response frame from the second device in response to the first request frame.
  • the first response frame includes second information, and the second information is used to indicate information of the first transmitting sector.
  • the first response frame may include the second information and the description information of the first transmission sector.
  • the first response frame including the description information of the first transmission sector, please refer to the description of FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 below.
  • the method executes steps S630 to S640, that is, the first device locally stores the information of the second sending sector, then the first response frame may include the second information and the identification of the first sending sector, and then the first device may based on The second information and the identifier of the first sending sector are looked up in a table to obtain the description information of the first sending sector.
  • the second information may be generated based on the dialog token of the first frame.
  • the first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the session password of the first frame.
  • the session password can be used to uniquely mark the BRP frame.
  • the BRP frame is carried in the BRP PPDU.
  • the BRP PPDU carries the TRN field. Each TRN subfield in the TRN field can represent a sector, so that the first device passes the session
  • the password can be indexed to the BRP PPDU where the BRP frame is located, and then the corresponding first sending sector can be found through the TRN field in the BRP PPDU.
  • the second information may be generated based on the transmission timestamp (timestamp) corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame.
  • the transmission timestamp may indicate which time period the first frame was sent, and then the first device can index to the corresponding PPDU based on the transmission timestamp in the second information, and then obtain the corresponding third PPDU through the TRN field in the PPDU.
  • An identification of the transmitting sector For a specific example design of the second response message, please refer to the description of Figure 18 below.
  • the second information may be based on the packet number (PN) corresponding to the first frame.
  • PN packet number
  • the first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the PN corresponding to the first frame.
  • CCMP is a data encryption process that adds a CCMP header (CCMP header) between the MAC header (MAC header) and the data frame.
  • the CCMP header includes the PN.
  • the second information may also be generated based on at least one of the following information: fragment number, sequence number , SN) or traffic identifier (TID) generated.
  • the above information can be carried in the MAC header of the data frame and can be used to mark the data frame for passive sensing.
  • the first device can obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the above information.
  • the second information may be generated based on the frame body of the first frame.
  • a PPDU count identifier can be added to the frame body, and the PPDU count identifier can be used to mark the first frame.
  • the first device can obtain the identifier of the first sending sector based on the second information generated by the PPDU count identifier.
  • the second information can only mark the BRP-TX PPDU in one round, such as using conversation password, PPDU count, Or by marking which round it is, the repeatability of each round of BRP-TX PPDU is used to reduce the bit consumption of the second information, that is, the consumption of resources is reduced.
  • the measurement result may be discarded. That is to say, if the first device does not receive the first response frame after measuring the first frame, the measurement result can be considered to be out of date, and the first device can discard the measurement result. If the first device does not receive the first response frame after a third time has elapsed after sending the first request frame, and the first device has not measured the first frame, the first request frame may be re-sent. That is to say, if the first device fails to receive the first response frame before measurement, the first device can resend the first request frame.
  • both the second time and the third time may be preset, or may be indicated by the second device, or may be obtained by setting a timing value. For example, they may be preset from measuring the first frame to The first timing value for sending the first request frame, and the second timing value from sending the first request frame to receiving the first response frame, then the first time in the embodiment of the present application may be the first timing value, and the second The time may be the sum of the first timing value and the second timing value, and the third time may be the second timing value.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the sensing method proposed in the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with the flow chart.
  • the first information, the first request frame, the first response frame (including the second information), the second request frame and the second request frame proposed in the embodiment of the present application are described below.
  • the frame structure design of the response frame is explained.
  • the first information can be carried in the BRP frame.
  • Table 1 and Table 2 show two BRP frame action field formats (BRP frame action field format) definition.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the BRP request field (BRP request field).
  • the first information may be carried in the BRP request field.
  • the BRP request field may include 13 information fields: 1. L-RX; 2. TX-TRN request (TX-TRN-REQ); 3. MID request (MID-REQ); 4 , BC request (BC-REQ); 5. MID grant (MID-Grant); 6. BC grant (BC-Grant); 7. Chan-FBCK-CAP; 8. Transmit sector identification (TX Sector ID); 9 , Other AID (Other_AID); 10. TX DMG Antenna ID (TX DMG Antenna ID); 11. EDMG-SHORT-BRP (11ay); 12. EDMG-SHORT-FBCK (11ay); 13. DMG sensing; 14. Chapter 1. Information; 15. Reserved fields.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the BRP request field.
  • Figure 7 shows the first information occupying the BRP request. Take the 30th bit in the field as an example.
  • FIG 8 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the DMG beam refinement element (DMG beam refinement element).
  • the first information may be carried in the DMG beam refinement unit.
  • the DMG beam refinement unit may include 27 information fields: 1. Unit ID (Element ID); 2. Length; 3. Initiator; 4. TX training response (TX-train-response); 5. RX training response (RX-train-response); 6. TX-TRN-OK; 7. TXSS-FBCK-REQ; 8. RS-FBCK; 9. BS-FBCK DMG antenna ID (BS-FBCK DMG antenna ID); 10. FBCK-REQ; 11. FBCK type (FBCK-TYPE); 12. MID Extension; 13. Capability Request; 14.
  • the specific meanings of the information fields 1 to 13 and 15 to 27 can be found in the description of IEEE 802.11ax and ay.
  • the description of the first information of the information field 14 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the DMG beam refinement unit.
  • Figure 8 is based on the first information occupying Taking the 54th bit as an example, the first information can also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 27.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the EDMG BRP domain.
  • the first information can be carried in the EDMG BRP domain.
  • the EDMG BRP domain may include 27 information fields: 1. Initiator; 2. L-RX; 3. TX training response (TX-train-response); 4. RX training Response (RX-train-response); 5. TX-TRN-OK; 6. TXSS-FBCK-REQ; 7. TX sector identification (TX sector ID); 8. RS-FBCK; 9. BS-FBCK Antenna ID ; 10. MID Extension; 11. BRP-TXSS-OK; 12. L-TX-RX; 13.
  • Requested EDMF TRN unit P (Requested EDMG TRN-unit P); 14. Requested EDMF TRN unit M ( Requested EDMG TRN-unit M) 15. Requested EDMG TRN-unit N (Requested EDMG TRN-unit N); 16. BRP-TXSS; 17. TXSS initiation (TXSS-initiator); 18. TXSS-PPDUs; 19. Sector scan Frame type (Sector sweep frame type (11ay)); 20. TXSS repeat (TXSS-repeat); 21. TXSS-MIMO; 22. BRP CDOWN; 23. TX antenna mask (TX antenna mask); 24. First path Training (First path training); 25. Dual polarization TRN (Dual polarization TRN); 26. First information; 27. Reserved (11ay).
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the EDMG BRP domain.
  • Figure 9 is based on the first information occupying the third Taking 85 bits as an example, the first information may also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 27.
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of an EDMG BRP request unit including first information.
  • the first information may be carried in an EDMG BRP request (EDMG BRP request) field.
  • the EDMG BRP request unit may include 24 information fields: 1. Element ID; 2. Length; 3. Element ID extension; 4. L -RX; 5. L-TX-RX; 6. TX sector ID (TX sector ID); 7. Requested EDMG TRN-unit P (requested EDMG TRN-unit P); 8. Requested EDMG TRN-unit M (requested EDMG TRN-unit M); 9. Requested EDMG TRN-unit N (requested EDMG TRN-unit N); 10.
  • the specific meanings of the information fields 1 to 22 can be found in the descriptions of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay.
  • the description of the first information of the information field 26 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the EDMG BRP request unit.
  • Figure 10 is centered on the first information. Taking the 91st bit as an example, the first information can also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 24.
  • Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the MAC header of the data frame.
  • the first information may be carried in the MAC header, such as the quality of service (QoS) control field (QoS control field) of the MAC header.
  • QoS control field quality of service
  • the QoS control domain may include 9 information fields: 1. TID; 2. EOSP; 3. Ack policy indicator (Ack policy indicator) ); 4. A-MSD U present; 5. A-MSD U type (A-MSD U type); 6. RDG/more PPDU; 7. Cache AC (buffered AC); 8. The first information; 9. AC constraint.
  • the QoS control domain can include 9 information fields: 1. TID; 2. EOSP; 3. Ack policy indicator (Ack policy indicator); 4. 1. Information; 5. Reserved; 6. Reserved; 7. RDG/more PPDU; 8. Cache AC (buffered AC); 8. Reserved; 9. AC constraint.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the QoS control domain.
  • Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame.
  • the first information may be carried in the PHY header.
  • control mode control mode
  • the first information can be carried in DMG control mode header fields (DMG control mode header fields).
  • DMG control mode header fields can Includes 8 information fields: 1. Differential encoder initialization (DEI); 2. Scrambler initialization (scrambler initialization); 3. Length; 4. PPDU type (PPDU type); 5. Training Length (training length); 6. Round trip time (Turnaround); 7. First information; 8. Reserved; 9. HCS.
  • the first information can be carried in the DMG SC mode header fields (DMG SC mode header fields).
  • DMG SC mode header fields can Includes 7 information fields (part of the information field starting from bit 39): 1. last RSSI; 2. Round trip time (Turnaround); 3. Extended SC MCS indication (Extended SC MCS indication); 4. ⁇ /2 -8-PSK applied ( ⁇ /2-8-PSK applied); 5. First information; 6. Reserved; 7. HCS.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the PHY header.
  • Figure 13 shows another schematic diagram in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame.
  • the first information may be carried in the PHY header.
  • the first information can be carried in EDMG Header A (including Header A1 and A2, below taking A2 as an example) of the EDMG control PPDU (EDMG control PPDU), see (a) of Figure 13,
  • the EDMG Header A2 can include the following 8 information fields: 1. TRN aggregation; 2. Number of transmit chains; 3. DMG TRN; 4. First path training (first path training) ; 5. Dual polarization TRN training; 6. First information; 7. Reserved; 8. CRC.
  • the first information can be carried in EDMG SC/OFDM EDMG Header A. See Figure 13(b).
  • the EDMG SC/OFDM PPDU's EDMG-Header-A field can include at least the following 7 fields Information fields: 1. Superimposed code applied; 2. ⁇ /2-8-PSK applied ( ⁇ /2-8-PSK applied); 3. Number of transmit chains; 4. DMG TRN; 5. First information; 6. Reserved; 7. CRC.
  • the first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the PHY header.
  • Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram of a capability unit including first information.
  • the second device can send the capability unit including the first information to the first device during any interaction.
  • the first device can send the capability unit during any handshake interaction in a BI such as ATI, BRP setting sub-phase, DTI, etc.
  • the capability unit is sent to the first device.
  • the capability unit may include the following 4 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. First information.
  • the first information may include an interval type and a frame type, where the interval type is used to indicate the period corresponding to the first frame, such as the BTI, A-BFT or DTI period.
  • the frame Type is used to indicate the frame type of the first frame, such as BRP frame, data frame or SSW frame.
  • the length of the information field of the first information may be 1 byte
  • the interval type may use 2 bits
  • the frame type may use 4 bits
  • a 2-bit reserved field may be left in the information field.
  • the above is a schematic description of the carrying method of the first information, and the following is a description of the carrying method of the information of the second transmission sector.
  • Table 3 is an example in which the interval type information field provided by the embodiment of the present application uses 2 bits to indicate the four interval types that support passive sensing.
  • Table 4 is an example in which the frame type information field provided by the embodiment of the present application uses 4 bits to indicate nine frame types that support passive sensing.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of an information unit including information on the number of second transmission sectors.
  • the information unit may be a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector information element).
  • the DMG sector information unit may include the following 6 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Element ID extension; 4. Number of sectors (num sectors); 5. Sector information control (sector info control); 6. LCI.
  • the sector information control information field can use 1 byte and include the following 3 subfields: 1. All sectors (all sectors); 2. LCI present; 3. Reserved fields.
  • the all sectors subfield can use 1 bit to represent all sectors.
  • the sector information control information field can use 2 bytes and include the following 3 subfields: 1. Transmission sector Quantity (num TX sectors); 2. LCI present (LCI present); 3. Reserved field (reserved).
  • the transmit sector number subfield may use 9 bits to represent the number value of the second transmit sector.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a description unit including description information of the second transmission sector.
  • the description unit may be a DMG sector descriptor element.
  • the DMG sector descriptor element includes the following four information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length). ); 3. Element ID extension; 4. Sector description 1 to N (sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N), N is a positive integer.
  • Each sector description information field can use 8 bytes and includes the following 8 subfields: 1. Sector azimuth; 2. Sector elevation; 3. Azimuth beam width (azimuth) beamwidth); 4. elevation beamwidth; 5. sector gain (sector ID); 6. sector identification (sector id); 7. DMG antenna identification (DMG ant id); 8. Reserved fields.
  • Figure 17 shows a schematic diagram of an information unit of second information generated based on a session password or PN.
  • the second information can be carried using two units.
  • the two units are a DMG sector mark information unit (DMG sector index info element) and a DMG sector mark list unit (DMG sector index list element).
  • the DMG sector mark information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector identification.
  • the DMG sector mark information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Number of sector marks (num sector indices); 5. Sector mark information control (sector index info control).
  • the sector mark number field can use 1 byte to represent the number of all transmit sectors corresponding to the first frame, or it can also indicate the number of transmit sectors carried by a DMG sector mark information unit (i.e., the sector in the DMG sector list unit number of zone tag fields).
  • the sector mark information control information field can use 3 bytes.
  • This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type) ; 4. Start transmission mark (start transmission index); 5. Reserved field (reserved).
  • the information field 1 can use 6 bits to indicate the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing
  • the information field 2 can use one bit to indicate whether the information carried by the DMG sector list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result or for For the previous passive sensing measurement results
  • information field 3 can use 4 bits to indicate the type of frame used for passive sensing.
  • the information field 4 may indicate which frame the frame used for passive sensing measurement starts from, thereby improving the accuracy of indicating the frame used for passive sensing measurement.
  • the information field 1 that is, the transmission number can be based on the EDMG BRP request unit in the BRP frame. Determined by the TXSS-PPDUs information field (see Figure 10).
  • the BRP TXSS process includes N rounds of training, each round includes M BRP-TX PPDUs, and N times M BRP-TX PPDUs can be used for passive sensing, then the value of the number of transmissions can also be multiple rounds in the BRP TXSS
  • the total number of BRP-TX PPDUs in training is the product of N and M, or the value of the transmission number can be the number M of BRP-TX PPDUs in one round of training in BRP TXSS, so that the first device can pass each round
  • the number of BRP-TX PPDUs included determines the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit may include the following 6 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Transmission index (transmission index); 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sector per transmission); 6. Sector index 1 to Q (sector index 1-Q), Q is positive Integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8.
  • the transmission mark information field can use 1 byte to indicate which frame the sector mark field described in the DMG sector mark list unit belongs to.
  • the information field 2 of the sector mark information control information field indicates that the information carried by the DMG sector mark list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result, since the passive sensing measurement result has not yet been generated, even if the first device knows the first
  • the frame type of the frame cannot know the specific configuration of the TRN field of the PPDU, so the number of sending sectors field in each transmission can indicate how many sending sectors correspond to the TRN segment in a PPDU.
  • the first device when the transmission type is BRP-RX PPDU, the value represented by the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be 1; when the transmission type is BRP-TX PPDU, the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be The value represented by the number of sectors to be sent can be 4N, where N can be determined by the training length field in the PHY header. If the information field 2 of the sector mark information control information field indicates that the information carried by the DMG sector mark list unit is used for the previous passive sensing measurement results, since the first device knows the TRN field configuration of the first frame, the DMG sector The tag list unit may not include the information field of the number of sectors sent for each transmission.
  • the value of the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be determined based on the training length field in the PHY header.
  • the value of the sector number field for each transmission can be based on the EDMG TRN Length field, EDMG TRN-Unit M field, EDMG TRN-Unit N field and RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in EDMG header A.
  • Each sector index is carried in the sector index field (sector index field), which can be composed of an 8-bit sector identifier (sector ID) and a 3-bit DMG antenna identifier (DMG Ant ID).
  • the unit may not include a transmission mark field.
  • the unit may include a transmission mark field.
  • information field 7 is an optional field. When the length of the information unit is not a multiple of 8, the information field 7 can be used to fill the length of the information unit to a multiple of 8. When the length of the information unit is a multiple of 8, This information unit may not carry this field.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement. Mark information unit. This application does not place any special restrictions on the form of the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit.
  • each PPDU All or part of the EDMG TRN Length field, EDMG TRN-Unit M field, EDMG TRN-Unit N field and RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in the EDMG header A are consistent respectively, then Figure 17(b)
  • the information field 5 in can be carried in the sector mark information control field in Figure 17(a), thereby indicating through one field to save signaling overhead.
  • the values of the start transmission flag information field and the transmission flag information field may be generated based on the conversation password in the BRP frame.
  • the values of the start transmission flag information field and the transmission flag information field may be generated based on the PN in the data frame.
  • the start transmission mark information field and the transmission mark information field can only mark the BRP-TX PPDU in one of the rounds of training.
  • the second device can mark the BRP-TX PPDUs in the round of training based on the count of BRP-TX PPDUs in the round of training, or the second device can mark the round of training in the form of which round it is.
  • the first device can derive the information of all BRP-TX PPDUs in multiple rounds through the information of one round of BRP-TX PPDU. Therefore, by utilizing the repeatability of each round of BRP-TX PPDU, the bit consumption of the second information is reduced, that is, the consumption of resources is reduced.
  • the values of the start transmission mark information field and the transmission mark information field may also be based on the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, and the communication corresponding to the first frame.
  • the identifier or the frame body corresponding to the first frame is generated. The generation method is similar to the above. For simplicity, no details will be described here.
  • Table 5 shows the transmission type information field usage provided by the embodiments of the present application. An example of using 4 bits to indicate the 13 transmission types that support passive sensing.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of unit information of second information generated based on a transmission timestamp.
  • the second information can be carried using two units.
  • the two units are a DMG sector mark information unit (DMG sector index info element) and a DMG sector mark list unit (DMG sector index list element).
  • the DMG sector mark information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector identification.
  • the DMG sector mark information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Number of sector marks (num sector indices); 5. Sector mark information control (sector index info control).
  • the unit identification extended information field can use 1 byte and can represent the number of sector mark information units in a DMG sector list unit.
  • the sector mark information control information field can use 10 bytes.
  • This information field can include the following 7 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type); 4. Start timestamp; 5. End timestamp; 6. Reserved words Section (reserved).
  • information fields 1 to 3 may be similar to those described in Figure 18, and will not be described again for simplicity.
  • the start timestamp information field and the end timestamp information field can exist at the same time or separately. When the start timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the number of transmissions (num transmissions) frames starting from the start timestamp; when the end timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the transmissions up to the end timestamp. Number of (num transmissions) frames.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Transmission timestamp; 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission); 6. Sector tags 1 to Q (sector index 1-Q), Q is Positive integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8.
  • information fields 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 may be similar to those described in Figure 17, and will not be described again for simplicity.
  • the transmission timestamp may indicate that the sector mark in the DMG sector mark list unit describes the frame sent at the time indicated by the transmission timestamp.
  • the transmission timestamp information field may use 8, 4, or 2 bytes.
  • the unit may not include a transmission timestamp information field.
  • the unit may include a transmission timestamp information field.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement.
  • the mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the implementation of the second information shown in Figure 18 does not impose any limitation on the type of the first frame. This implementation can be adopted when the first frame is a BRP frame, a data frame, an SSW frame, etc.
  • the frame formats described in Figures 17 and 18 above can be applied when the BRP frame or the first request frame and the first response frame belong to the same allocation period.
  • the requested sector information is for the BRP frame sent in which allocation period.
  • the allocation range field can be used to indicate whether it is the previous allocation period, the current allocation period, or the next allocation period.
  • different allocation periods refer to different channel access periods allocated in the same BI.
  • the sector index can have the following two meanings: first, each sector index corresponds to the sector of each TRN subfield in the TRN field.
  • each sector mark corresponds to the sector after each transmission sector change in the TRN field.
  • BRP-RX/TX PPDU there can be L/C sector changes. The value of C Determined by the RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in EDMG Header A of the BRP-RX/TX PPDU.
  • the TRN field uses the preamble and data transmission direction. The same sectors will not change. Furthermore, when the first method is used to represent sector flags, N sector flags can be used to represent a group of sectors. When the second method is used, 1 sector flag can be used to represent a group of sectors, which can reduce Small transmission overhead.
  • Figure 19 shows a schematic diagram in which the first response frame includes description information of the first sending sector.
  • the description information of the first transmission sector can be carried using two units.
  • the two units are a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector information element) and a DMG sector list element (DMG sector list element).
  • the DMG sector information unit may be used to provide control parameters
  • the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector description information.
  • the DMG sector information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Number of sectors (num sector); 5.
  • Sector information control sector info control
  • the sector number field can use 1 byte to represent the number of all sectors corresponding to the first frame, or it can also indicate the number of sectors carried by a DMF sector information unit (that is, the number of sector fields in the DMG sector list unit ).
  • the sector information control information field can use 3 bytes.
  • This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type); 4. Start transmission index (start transmission index); 5. Reserved field (reserved).
  • the information field 1 can use 6 bits to indicate the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing
  • the information field 2 can use one bit to indicate whether the information carried by the DMG sector list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result or for For the previous passive sensing measurement results
  • information field 3 can use 4 bits to indicate the type of frame used for passive sensing.
  • the information field 4 may indicate which frame the frame used for passive sensing measurement starts from, thereby improving the accuracy of indicating the frame used for passive sensing measurement.
  • the DMG sector list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Transmission mark (transmission index); 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission) 6.
  • Sector description 1 to N (sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N), N is positive Integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement.
  • the mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the unit design shown in Figure 19 can be applied to a scenario where the first device does not store the information of the second transmission sector locally. Different from the unit design shown in Figure 17, the unit shown in Figure 19 can carry the second transmission sector.
  • the description information of the sector and the meaning of other fields shown in Figure 19 please refer to the description in Figure 17 and will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 20 shows another schematic diagram in which the first response frame includes description information of the first sending sector.
  • the description information of the first sending sector may be carried using two units.
  • the two units are a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector info element) and a DMG sector list element (DMG sector list element).
  • the DMG sector information unit may be used to provide control parameters
  • the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector description information.
  • the DMG sector information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Number of sectors (num sector); 5. Sector information control (sector info control).
  • the unit identification extended information field can use 1 byte to represent a DMG sector list unit. The number of information units in the sector.
  • the sector information control information field can use 10 bytes.
  • This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type) ); 4. Start timestamp (start timestamp); 5. End timestamp (end timestamp); 6. Reserved fields.
  • information fields 1 to 3 may be similar to those described in Figure 17, and will not be described again for simplicity.
  • the start timestamp information field and the end timestamp information field can exist at the same time or separately. When the start timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the number of transmissions (num transmissions) frames starting from the start timestamp; when the end timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the transmissions up to the end timestamp. Number of (num transmissions) frames.
  • the DMG sector list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Transmission timestamp; 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission) 6. Sector description 1 to N (sector index 1-N), N is a positive integer ; Bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8.
  • the transmission timestamp may indicate that the sector in the DMG sector list unit describes the frame sent at the time indicated by the transmission timestamp.
  • the transmission timestamp information field may use 8, 4, or 2 bytes.
  • the unit may not include a transmission timestamp information field.
  • the unit may include a transmission timestamp information field.
  • the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement.
  • the mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the unit design shown in Figure 20 can be applied to a scenario where the first device does not store the information of the second transmission sector locally. Different from the unit design shown in Figure 18, the unit shown in Figure 20 can carry the second transmission sector.
  • the description information of the sector and the meaning of other fields shown in Figure 20 please refer to the description in Figure 18 and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the device 2100 may include a transceiver unit 2110 and a processing unit 2120.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 2120 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 may also be called a communication interface or a transceiver unit.
  • the apparatus 2100 can implement a process corresponding to the execution of the first device in the above method embodiment, wherein the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform processing related to the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to perform operations related to the transceiver of the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 receives the first information from the second device, the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame, and the first Frame for Beam Refinement Protocol BRP frame and/or data frame; the processing unit 2110 is used to measure the first frame from the second device to generate a measurement result, and the information of the first transmission sector and the measurement result are used to generate a perception result.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the first information can indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame and the location information of the second device, and then the first device can request the first sending sector.
  • Information and location information are used for perception.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a first request frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes second information, and the second information indicates First send sector information.
  • the first device can obtain the sending sector information of the second device through the interaction of the request frame and the response frame between the first device and the second device, and measuring the interaction of the first frame and the sector information can It occurs at different time periods, making the perception more flexible and applicable to more application scenarios.
  • the first response frame also includes location information of the second device.
  • the processing unit 2120 is also configured to generate a corresponding relationship between the information of the second sending sector and the identifier of the second sending sector.
  • the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector It includes the first transmitting sector; the processing sheet 2120 is also used to determine the information of the first transmitting sector according to the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first transmitting sector.
  • the first device can store the information of the transmitting sector of the second device, and create a search list of the information and identification of the transmitting sector, so that the first device can request the identification of the first transmitting sector through Searching the list to obtain the information of the first sending sector can save transmission overhead.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request the information of the second transmit sector; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive the second transmitter in response to the second request frame. Sector information.
  • the first device can request to obtain the information of the second transmission sector of the second device, so that the information of the transmission sector can be transmitted only once during the sensing process, which can reduce the overhead of air interface signaling.
  • the processing unit 2120 is also configured to obtain transmission resources for sending the first request frame.
  • the transmission resources are resources allocated to the first device, or the transmission resources are not allocated to the first device. H.
  • the first device can independently search for transmission opportunities to send the first request frame.
  • the first device can send the first request frame through a mechanism such as preemption, thereby achieving flexible sensing.
  • the processing unit 2120 if the processing unit 2120 does not send the first request frame after the transceiver unit 2110 passes the first time after measuring the first frame, the processing unit 2120 is also configured to discard the measurement result; if the processing unit 2120 does not send the first request frame after measuring the first frame , the transceiver unit 2110 does not receive the first response frame after the second time, the processing unit 2120 is also used to discard the measurement result; if the transceiver unit 2110 does not receive the first response after the third time after sending the first request frame, frame, and the processing unit 2120 has not measured the first frame, the transceiving unit 2110 is also configured to resend the first request frame.
  • the first device can discard the measurement results when the measurement results are out of date or invalid, or resend the first request frame when the measurement results are not invalid to achieve reliable sensing.
  • the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; at first If the frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
  • the first information can be carried in multiple ways to improve the flexibility of perception.
  • the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the The segment number, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the identification of the transmitting sector can be indicated in a variety of ways, such as by identifying the BRP frame and/or data frame carrying the transmitting sector. Multiple types of frames and time periods can be supported, and flexible sensing can be achieved. .
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node.
  • the first device and the second device are different access points.
  • the device 2100 can implement a process corresponding to the execution of the second device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 2110 is used to perform the transceiver related processing of the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to send first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide information about the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or Or a data frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is used to send the first frame to the first device, the first frame is used to generate a measurement result, and the information and measurement results of the first sending sector are used to generate a sensing result.
  • the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive the first request frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a first response frame in response to the first request frame, the first response frame includes second information, and the second information indicates the first transmission Sector information.
  • the first response frame also includes location information of the second device.
  • the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first sending sector.
  • the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive a second request frame, which is used to request information of the second transmit sector; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send the information of the second transmit sector in response to the second request frame.
  • the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
  • the processing unit 2120 is also configured to obtain the transmission resources used for sending the first response frame.
  • the transmission resources are resources allocated to the second device, or the transmission resources are not resources allocated to the second device.
  • the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit;
  • the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
  • the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the The segment number, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  • the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node.
  • the first device and the second device are different access point.
  • the device 2100 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit" as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors) used to execute one or more software or firmware programs. processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the device 2100 can be specifically the first device in the above embodiment, and can be used to perform the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment, or the device 2100 can Specifically, the second device in the above embodiment can be used to execute the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described again.
  • the above-mentioned device 2100 has the function of realizing the corresponding steps executed by the first device in the above-mentioned method, or the above-mentioned device 2100 has the function of realizing the corresponding steps executed by the second device in the above-mentioned method.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiving unit. (machine replacement), other units, such as processing units, etc., can be replaced by processors to respectively perform the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the device in Figure 22 may be the second device or the first device in the previous embodiment, or it may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • SoC system on chip
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface.
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitation is made here.
  • Figure 22 shows a communication device 2200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 200 includes a processor 2210 and a memory 2220.
  • the memory 2220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the first device or the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 2220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 2200 may be specifically the first device or the second device in the above embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system for the first device or the second device. Specifically, the device 2200 may be used to execute the process corresponding to the first device or the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 2220 may include read-only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 2210 may be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 2210 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2210 is configured to execute the above method embodiment corresponding to the first device or the second device. process.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory.
  • the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the processing in combination with its hardware. Describe the steps of the method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can implement or execute the various methods, steps and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • Figure 23 shows a communication device 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2300 includes a processing circuit 2310 and a transceiver circuit 2320.
  • the processing circuit 2310 and the transceiver circuit 2320 communicate with each other through internal connection paths.
  • the processing circuit 2310 is used to execute instructions to control the transceiver circuit 2320 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the device 2300 may also include a storage medium 2330, which communicates with the processing circuit 2310 and the transceiver circuit 2320 through internal connection paths.
  • the storage medium 2330 is used to store instructions, and the processing circuit 2310 can execute the instructions stored in the storage medium 2330.
  • the device 2300 is configured to implement the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 2300 is configured to implement the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the embodiment shown in Figure 3 method in.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the embodiment shown in Figure 3 method in.
  • this application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more sites and one or more access points.
  • At least one of! or "at least one of" herein refers to all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can mean: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, B and C exist simultaneously, and A, B and C exist simultaneously. "At least one” in this article means one or more. "Multiple" means two or more.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined based on A.
  • determining B based on A does not mean determining B only based on A.
  • B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the terms “including,” “includes,” “having,” and variations thereof all mean “including but not limited to,” unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
  • instruction may include direct instructions and indirect instructions, and may also include explicit instructions and implicit instructions.
  • the information indicated by a certain piece of information (such as the first information mentioned above) is called information to be indicated.
  • information to be indicated In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated.
  • direct indication can be The information to be indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated, etc.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • pre-configuration can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (for example, the first device).
  • the application does not limit its specific implementation method.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a sensing method and a communication apparatus. The present application is applied to wireless local area network systems which support 802.11 series protocols, for example, IEEE 802.11ax or Wi-Fi 6, 802.11be, Wi-Fi 7 or EHT, and 802.11bf or WLAN sensing, for another example, next generation of 802.11be, and Wi-Fi 8, and can also be applied to an ultra-bandwidth (UWB)-based wireless personal local area network system. The method comprises: a first device receiving first information from a second device, wherein the first information is used for indicating that the second device can provide information of a first sending sector corresponding to a first frame, and the first frame is a beam refinement protocol (BRP) frame and/or a data frame; and the first device measuring the first frame from the second device, so as to generate a measurement result, wherein the information of the first sending sector and the measurement result are used for generating a sensing result. Therefore, flexible sensing can be realized.

Description

一种感知方法和通信装置A sensing method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年5月10日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210504486.7、申请名称为“一种感知方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on May 10, 2022, with application number 202210504486.7 and the application title "A sensing method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术的领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种感知方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a sensing method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,在无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)的通信架构中,可以利用站点(station,STA)或接入点(access point,AP)发送电磁波的能力进行感知。例如,Wi-Fi雷达可以用于检测传输路径环境中物体的存在、行动轨迹、生物特征等感知技术。但是,在目前的通信架构中,如何运用STA或AP实现感知仍处于探索阶段。With the development of communication technology, in the communication architecture of wireless local area network (WLAN), the ability of the station (station, STA) or access point (access point, AP) to send electromagnetic waves can be used for sensing. For example, Wi-Fi radar can be used to detect the presence of objects in the transmission path environment, movement trajectories, biometrics and other sensing technologies. However, in the current communication architecture, how to use STA or AP to realize sensing is still in the exploratory stage.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种实现感知的方法和装置,能够实现灵活感知。This application provides a method and device for realizing sensing, which can realize flexible sensing.
第一方面,提供了一种实现感知的方法,该方法可以由第一设备或第一设备中的芯片执行,该方法包括:第一设备接收来自第二设备的第一信息,第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;第一设备测量来自第二设备的第一帧,以生成测量结果,第一发送扇区的信息和测量结果用于生成感知结果。A first aspect provides a method for realizing sensing. The method can be executed by a first device or a chip in the first device. The method includes: the first device receives first information from a second device, and the first information is To indicate that the second device can provide information about the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or a data frame; the first device measures the first frame from the second device to A measurement result is generated, and the information of the first transmitting sector and the measurement result are used to generate a sensing result.
或者说,第一信息用于指示第一帧和/或第二设备能够用于感知。In other words, the first information is used to indicate that the first frame and/or the second device can be used for sensing.
或者说,第一信息用于指示第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知。In other words, the first information is used to indicate that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing.
其中,被动感知可以是指:(设备、帧或者帧的传输)并非特别设计(或者说专门设计)用于感知,其它设备可以利用该(设备、帧或者帧的传输的)相关信息进行感知。其中,该相关信息可以是本申请的发送扇区信息,即第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的发送扇区信息。Passive sensing may mean that: (the device, frame or frame transmission) is not specially designed (or specifically designed) for sensing, and other devices can use the relevant information (of the device, frame or frame transmission) for sensing. The relevant information may be the transmitting sector information of the present application, that is, the second device can provide the transmitting sector information corresponding to the first frame.
或者说,passive sensing:transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.In other words, passive sensing: transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.
另外,该第一信息可以还用于指示第二设备能够精确发送第一帧。In addition, the first information may also be used to indicate that the second device can accurately send the first frame.
或者说,该第一信息通过指示第二设备能够精确发送第一帧指示第二设备能够提供第一发送扇区的信息。In other words, the first information indicates that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector by indicating that the second device can accurately send the first frame.
该第一信息还可以用于指示多个第一帧之间的时间间隔精确。The first information may also be used to indicate the accuracy of the time intervals between multiple first frames.
或者说,该第一信息通过指示多个第一帧之间的时间间隔准确指示第二设备能够提供 第一发送扇区的信息。In other words, the first information accurately indicates that the second device can provide the time interval between multiple first frames. First send sector information.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
从而,在本申请中,该第一信息可以指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息以及第二设备的位置信息,进而第一设备可以请求第一发送扇区的信息和位置信息用于感知。Therefore, in this application, the first information can indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame and the location information of the second device, and then the first device can request the first sending sector. Information and location information are used for perception.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第一设备发送第一请求帧;第一设备接收响应于第一请求帧的第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first device sends a first request frame; the first device receives a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes The second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以通过第一设备与第二设备之间的请求帧和响应帧的交互获得第二设备的发送扇区信息,测量第一帧和扇区信息的交互可以发生在不同的时段,使得感知更加灵活,能够适用更多的应用场景。Therefore, in this application, the first device can obtain the sending sector information of the second device through the interaction of the request frame and the response frame between the first device and the second device, and measuring the interaction of the first frame and the sector information can It occurs at different time periods, making the perception more flexible and applicable to more application scenarios.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第一设备生成第二发送扇区的信息和第二发送扇区的标识的对应关系,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区;第一设备根据第二信息和对应关系确定第一发送扇区的信息,第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first device generating a correspondence between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector, and the second transmitting sector is the first Transmitting sectors of the second device, the second transmitting sector includes the first transmitting sector; the first device determines the information of the first transmitting sector based on the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the information of the first transmitting sector. logo.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以存有第二设备的发送扇区的信息,创建发送扇区的信息和标识的查找列表,使得第一设备索要第一发送扇区的标识就可以通过查找列表获取第一发送扇区的信息,能够节省传输开销。Therefore, in this application, the first device can store the information of the transmitting sector of the second device, and create a search list of the information and identification of the transmitting sector, so that the first device can request the identification of the first transmitting sector through Searching the list to obtain the information of the first sending sector can save transmission overhead.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第一设备发送第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;第一设备接收响应于第二请求帧的第二发送扇区的信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first device sends a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the first device receives a response to Information about the second sending sector of the second request frame.
可选地,第一设备存储该第二发送扇区的信息。Optionally, the first device stores information of the second sending sector.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以请求获得第二设备的第二发送扇区的信息,使得在感知的过程可以只进行一次发送扇区的信息的传输,能够减少空口信令的开销。Therefore, in this application, the first device can request to obtain the information of the second transmission sector of the second device, so that the information of the transmission sector can be transmitted only once during the sensing process, which can reduce the overhead of air interface signaling.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第一设备获取用于发送第一请求帧的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给所述第一设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给所述第一设备的资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first device obtains a transmission resource for sending the first request frame, the transmission resource being a resource allocated to the first device, or , the transmission resource is not a resource allocated to the first device.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以自主寻找传输机会发送第一请求帧,例如,第一设备可以通过抢占等机制发送第一请求帧,进而实现灵活感知。Therefore, in this application, the first device can independently search for transmission opportunities to send the first request frame. For example, the first device can send the first request frame through a mechanism such as preemption, thereby achieving flexible sensing.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:若第一设备在测量第一帧之后,经过第一时间未发送第一请求帧,则丢弃测量结果;若第一设备在测量第一帧之后,经过第二时间未接收第一响应帧,则丢弃测量结果;若第一设备在发送第一请求帧之后,经过第三时间未接收第一响应帧,且第一设备还未测量第一帧,则重新发送该第一请求帧。 In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: if the first device does not send the first request frame after a first time after measuring the first frame, discard the measurement result; if the first device After measuring the first frame, the device does not receive the first response frame after the second time, and then discards the measurement result; if the first device does not receive the first response frame after the third time after sending the first request frame, and the first If the device has not measured the first frame, it resends the first request frame.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以在测量结果过时失效的时候将测量结果丢弃,或者在测量结果还未失效时重新发送第一请求帧,以实现可靠感知。Therefore, in this application, the first device can discard the measurement results when the measurement results are out of date or invalid, or resend the first request frame when the measurement results are not invalid to achieve reliable sensing.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
从而,在本申请中,可以采用多种方式承载第一信息,提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the first information can be carried in multiple ways to improve the flexibility of perception.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
从而,在本申请中,可以通过多种方式指示发送扇区的标识,例如标识携带发送扇区的BRP帧和/或数据帧进行指示,可以支持多种类型的帧和时段,能够实现灵活感知。Therefore, in this application, the identification of the transmitting sector can be indicated in a variety of ways, such as by identifying the BRP frame and/or data frame carrying the transmitting sector. Multiple types of frames and time periods can be supported, and flexible sensing can be achieved. .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site. The device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
第二方面,提供了一种实现感知的方法,该方法可以由第二设备或第二设备中的芯片执行,该方法包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;第二设备向第一设备发送第一帧,第一帧用于生成测量结果,第一发送扇区的信息和测量结果用于生成感知结果。A second aspect provides a method for realizing sensing. The method can be executed by a second device or a chip in the second device. The method includes: the second device sends first information to the first device, and the first information is used to Indicate that the second device can provide information about the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, and the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or a data frame; the second device sends the first frame to the first device, and the first frame Used to generate measurement results, the information and measurement results of the first transmitting sector are used to generate sensing results.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第二设备接收第一请求帧;第二设备响应于第一请求帧发送第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the second device receives the first request frame; the second device sends a first response frame in response to the first request frame, and the first response frame includes the first request frame. Two information, the second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的标识。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second information indicates the identity of the first transmitting sector.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第二设备接收第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;第二设备响应于第二请求帧发送第二发送扇区的信息,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the second device receives a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the second device responds to the second request frame. The second request frame sends information of the second sending sector, the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:第二设备获取用于发送第一响应帧使用的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给第二设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给该第二设备的资源。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the second device obtains a transmission resource used to send the first response frame, and the transmission resource is a resource allocated to the second device, or, The transmission resource is not a resource allocated to the second device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、 DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; when the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a medium access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site. The device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括收发单元和处理单元,其中,该收发单元用于接收来自第二设备的第一信息,第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;处理单元用于测量来自第二设备的第一帧,以生成测量结果,第一发送扇区的信息和测量结果用于生成感知结果。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiver unit is used to receive first information from a second device, and the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the first The information of the first sending sector corresponding to the frame, the first frame is the beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or the data frame; the processing unit is used to measure the first frame from the second device to generate the measurement result, the first sending sector Zone information and measurements are used to generate perception results.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,收发单元还用于发送第一请求帧;收发单元还用于接收响应于第一请求帧的第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first request frame; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes The second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,处理单元还用于生成第二发送扇区的信息和第二发送扇区的标识的对应关系,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区;处理单元还用于根据第二信息和对应关系确定第一发送扇区的信息,第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的标识。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the processing unit is also configured to generate a correspondence between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector, and the second transmitting sector is the second device. The second transmission sector includes the first transmission sector; the processing unit is also used to determine the information of the first transmission sector according to the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the information of the first transmission sector. logo.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,收发单元还用于发送第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;收发单元还用于接收响应于第二请求帧的第二发送扇区的信息。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the transceiver unit is also used to send a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the transceiver unit is also used to receive a response to Information about the second sending sector of the second request frame.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,处理单元还用于获取用于发送第一请求帧的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给所述第一设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给所述第一设备的资源。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the processing unit is further configured to obtain a transmission resource for sending the first request frame, the transmission resource being a resource allocated to the first device, or the The transmission resources are not resources allocated to the first device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,在第一设备测量第一帧之后,传输资源对应的时间距离第一设备测量第一帧的时间大于等于第一阈值的情况下,处理单元还用于丢弃测量结果。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, after the first device measures the first frame, the time corresponding to the transmission resource is greater than or equal to the first threshold from the time when the first device measures the first frame, The processing unit is also used to discard the measurement results.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,若处理单元在测量第一帧之后,经过收发单元第一时间未发送第一请求帧,则处理单元还用于丢弃测量结果;若处理单元在测量第一帧之后,收发单元经过第二时间未接收第一响应帧,则处理单元还用于丢弃测量结 果;若收发单元在发送第一请求帧之后,收发单元经过第三时间未接收第一响应帧,且处理单元还未测量第一帧,则收发单元还用于重新发送该第一请求帧。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, if the processing unit does not send the first request frame within the first time after measuring the first frame, the processing unit is also configured to discard the measurement result; if After the processing unit measures the first frame, if the transceiver unit does not receive the first response frame after a second period of time, the processing unit is also configured to discard the measurement results. If after the transceiver unit sends the first request frame, the transceiver unit does not receive the first response frame after the third time, and the processing unit has not measured the first frame, the transceiver unit is also used to resend the first request frame.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the The packet number corresponding to one frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site. The device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括收发单元和处理单元,其中,收发单元用于发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;收发单元用于向第一设备发送第一帧,第一帧用于生成测量结果,第一发送扇区的信息和测量结果用于生成感知结果。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, wherein the transceiver unit is used to send first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the first transmission corresponding to the first frame. Sector information, the first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or data frame; the transceiver unit is used to send the first frame to the first device, the first frame is used to generate measurement results, and the first sending sector information and measurements are used to generate perceptual results.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,收发单元还用于接收第一请求帧;收发单元还用于响应于第一请求帧发送第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the first request frame; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first response frame in response to the first request frame, and the first response frame includes the first request frame. Two information, the second information indicates the information of the first sending sector.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first response frame further includes location information of the second device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的标识。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first transmitting sector.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,收发单元还用于接收第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;收发单元还用于响应于第二请求帧发送第二发送扇区的信息,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector; the transceiving unit is further configured to respond to the first request frame. The second request frame sends information of the second sending sector, the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,处理单元还用于获取用于发送第一响应帧使用的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给第二设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给该第二设备的资源。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to obtain a transmission resource used for sending the first response frame, where the transmission resource is a resource allocated to the second device, or the transmission resource The resource is not a resource allocated to the second device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP Request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: medium access control MAC header, physical layer PHY header or capability unit.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一 项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second information is based on at least one of the following information Item generated: dialogue token corresponding to the first frame, transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, packet number corresponding to the first frame, segment number corresponding to the first frame, sequence number corresponding to the first frame, first frame The corresponding communication identifier and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device is a site. The device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述第一方面提供的方法。具体地,该通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的上述任意一种实现方式提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。A fifth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method provided in the first aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include units and/or modules for executing the method provided by the first aspect or any one of the above implementations of the first aspect, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为第一设备。当该通信装置为第一设备时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, the communication device is a first device. When the communication device is the first device, the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为第一设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该通信装置为第一设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation, the communication device is a chip, a chip system or a circuit in the first device. When the communication device is a chip, chip system or circuit in the first device, the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit etc.; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述第二方面提供的方法。具体地,该通信装置可以包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的上述任意一种实现方式提供的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。A sixth aspect provides a communication device, which is used to perform the method provided in the second aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include units and/or modules, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for executing the method provided by the second aspect or any one of the above implementations of the second aspect.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为第二设备。当该通信装置为第二设备时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, the communication device is a second device. When the communication device is the second device, the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Alternatively, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Alternatively, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为第二设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该通信装置为终端设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation, the communication device is a chip, chip system or circuit in the second device. When the communication device is a chip, chip system or circuit in a terminal device, the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit, etc. ; The processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit, etc.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置设备,包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该发送设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and, optionally, a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals. The memory is used to store a computer program. The processor is used to retrieve the signal from the memory. The computer program is called and run, so that the sending device executes the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
可选地,该第一设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the first device further includes a transceiver, which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该第二设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and, optionally, a memory. The processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals. The memory is used to store a computer program. The processor is used to call the memory from the memory. and run the computer program, so that the second device executes the method in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。 Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
可选地,该第二设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the second device further includes a transceiver, which may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第九方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:第一设备,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及第二设备,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A ninth aspect provides a communication system, including: a first device, configured to perform the method in the above first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect; and a second device, configured to perform the above second aspect. Or any method in the possible implementation of the second aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或代码,该计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,或者第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or code. When the computer program or code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. The method in any possible implementation manner, or the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的发送设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法,以及使得安装有该芯片系统的接收设备执行第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a chip is provided, including at least one processor, the at least one processor being coupled to a memory, the memory being used to store a computer program, the processor being used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation The sending device equipped with the chip system performs the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, and causes the receiving device installed with the chip system to perform the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect. method in.
其中,该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。The chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被发送设备运行时,执行上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及,当该计算机程序代码被接收设备运行时,执行第二方面或第二方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run by a sending device, it executes the above-mentioned first aspect or any of the possible implementation methods of the first aspect. The method; and, when the computer program code is run by the receiving device, execute the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例适用的一种应用场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application;
图2是一种BI的示意性结构图;Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a BI;
图3是一种波束训练的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of beam training;
图4是一种波束跟踪的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of beam tracking;
图5是一种AP与STA之间传输信号的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of signal transmission between AP and STA;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的示意性流程图;Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于BRP请求域的示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application being carried in the BRP request field;
图8是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于DMG波束细化单元的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application carried in the DMG beam refinement unit;
图9是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于EDMG BRP域的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application being carried in the EDMG BRP domain;
图10是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于EDMG BRP请求单元的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of the first information provided by the embodiment of the present application carried in the EDMG BRP request unit;
图11是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于数据帧的MAC标头的示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the MAC header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于数据帧的PHY标头的示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the PHY header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的第一信息承载于数据帧的PHY标头的另一例示意图;Figure 13 is another schematic diagram of another example in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种包括第一信息的能力单元的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a capability unit including first information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种包括第二发送扇区的数量信息的信息单元的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of an information unit including quantity information of second transmission sectors provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种包括第二发送扇区的描述信息的信息单元的示意图; Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of an information unit including description information of the second transmission sector provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种基于对话口令或PN生成的第二信息的信息单元的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of an information unit based on second information generated by a conversation password or PN provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种基于传输时间戳生成的第二信息的信息单元的示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of an information unit of second information generated based on a transmission timestamp provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种第一响应帧包括第一发送扇区的描述信息的信息单元的示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of an information unit in which a first response frame includes description information of a first transmission sector provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请实施例提供的另一种第一响应帧包括第一发送扇区的描述信息的示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of another first response frame including description information of the first sending sector provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21至图23是本申请实施例提供的可能的通信装置的示意图。Figures 21 to 23 are schematic diagrams of possible communication devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)场景,例如,可以适用于IEEE 802.11系统标准,例如802.11a/b/g标准、802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准,或更下一代的标准中。802.11bf包括低频(sub7GHz)和高频(60GHz)两个大类标准。sub7GHz的实现方式主要依托802.11ac、802.11ax、802.11be及下一代等标准,60GHz实现方式主要依托802.11ad、802.11ay及下一代等标准,其中,802.11ad也可以称为定向多吉比特(directional multi-gigabit,DMG)标准,802.11ay也可以称为增强定向多吉比特(enhanced directional multi-gigabit,EDMG)标准。本申请实施例的技术方案主要关注802.11bf在高频(802.11ad、802.11ay)上的实现,但是相关技术原理可以拓展到低频(802.11ac、802.11ax、802.11be)上。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to wireless local area network (WLAN) scenarios, for example, can be applied to IEEE 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a/b/g standards, 802.11bf standards, 802.11ad standards, 802.11ay standard, or next-generation standards. 802.11bf includes two major categories of standards: low frequency (sub7GHz) and high frequency (60GHz). The implementation of sub7GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be and the next generation. The implementation of 60GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ad, 802.11ay and the next generation. Among them, 802.11ad can also be called directional multi-gigabit. -gigabit (DMG) standard, 802.11ay can also be called the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) standard. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application mainly focus on the implementation of 802.11bf at high frequencies (802.11ad, 802.11ay), but the relevant technical principles can be extended to low frequencies (802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be).
虽然本申请实施例主要以部署WLAN网络,尤其是应用IEEE 802.11系统标准的网络为例进行说明,本领域技术人员容易理解,本申请实施例涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络,例如,蓝牙(bluetooth),高性能无线局域网(high performance radio local area network,HIPERLAN)以及广域网(wide area network,WAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请实施例提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。Although the embodiments of the present application are mainly explained by taking the deployment of WLAN networks, especially networks applying the IEEE 802.11 system standard, as an example, those skilled in the art can easily understand that all aspects involved in the embodiments of the present application can be extended to use various standards or protocols. Other networks, such as Bluetooth, high performance radio local area network (HIPERLAN) and wide area network (WAN), personal area network (PAN) or other currently known or networks developed in the future. Therefore, regardless of the coverage and wireless access protocol used, the various aspects provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to any suitable wireless network.
本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:WLAN通信系统,无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统、全球移动通讯(global system for mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、未来第六代(6th generation,6G)系统、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或车联网(vehicle to x,V2X)等无线局域网系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to various communication systems, such as: WLAN communication system, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, code Code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, Internet of things (IoT) Network or wireless LAN systems such as vehicle to x (V2X), etc.
上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统 一说明,以下不再赘述。The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to this application are only examples. The communication systems applicable to this application are not limited to these and are summarized here. An explanation will not be repeated below.
本申请实施例中的终端可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备,未来6G网络中的终端设备或者公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Device, user agent, or user device. The terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or a device with wireless communication capabilities Handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, terminal devices in future 6G networks or public land mobile networks (PLMN) ), the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的网络设备以及未来6G网络中的网络设备或者PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal. The network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system. The base station (base transceiver station, BTS), or the base station (nodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional nodeB) in the LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, 5G network The network equipment in the network as well as the network equipment in the future 6G network or the network equipment in the PLMN network are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
图1是本申请提供的一种应用场景的示意图。在图1中,AP(如图1中所示的AP110)可以是通信服务器、路由器、交换机,也可以是上述的网络设备的任一种,STA(如图1中所示的STA121、STA122)可以是手机、计算机,也可以是上述的终端的任一种,本申请实施例不作限定。站点设备中的一个或多个STA可以与接入点设备中的一个或多个AP之间建立关联关系之后进行通信。例如,AP110可以与STA 121建立关联关系之后进行通信,AP110可以与STA 122建立关联关系之后进行通信。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by this application. In Figure 1, the AP (AP110 shown in Figure 1) can be a communication server, router, switch, or any of the above network devices, STA (STA121, STA122 shown in Figure 1) It may be a mobile phone, a computer, or any of the above-mentioned terminals, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application. One or more STAs in the site device may communicate with one or more APs in the access point device after establishing an association relationship. For example, AP110 can communicate with STA 121 after establishing an association relationship, and AP110 can communicate with STA 122 after establishing an association relationship.
应理解,图1中的通信系统100仅为示例。本申请实施例的技术方案不仅适用于AP与一个或多个STA通信,也适用于AP之间的相互通信,也还适用于STA之间的相互通信。It should be understood that communication system 100 in Figure 1 is only an example. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application are not only applicable to communication between an AP and one or more STAs, but also to mutual communication between APs, and also to mutual communication between STAs.
其中,接入点可以为终端(如手机)进入有线(或无线)网络的接入点,主要部署于家庭、大楼内部以及园区内部,典型覆盖半径为几十米至上百米,当然,也可以部署于户外。接入点相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁,主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的,接入点可以是带有Wi-Fi芯片的终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。可选地,接入点可以为支持802.11系列标准的WLAN制式的设备。例如,接入点可以支持802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准或未来某一种Wi-Fi标准。Among them, the access point can be an access point for a terminal (such as a mobile phone) to enter a wired (or wireless) network. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also Deployed outdoors. The access point is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the access point can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a Wi-Fi chip. Optionally, the access point may be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards. For example, the access point can support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
在本申请实施例中,接入点还可以是接入点(access point,AP)或者个人基础服务集控制点(personal basic service set control point,PCP)。本申请下文中如无特备说明,接入点指的是AP、PCP中的任一种。In this embodiment of the present application, the access point may also be an access point (AP) or a personal basic service set control point (PCP). Unless otherwise specified in the remainder of this application, the access point refers to either AP or PCP.
站点可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端等,也可称为用户。例如,站点可以为支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的移动电话、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的平板电脑、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的机顶盒、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能电视、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能可穿戴 设备、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的车载通信设备和支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的计算机等等。可选地,站点可以为支持802.11系列标准的WLAN制式的设备。例如,站点也可以支持802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准或未来某一种Wi-Fi标准。The site can be a wireless communication chip, wireless sensor or wireless communication terminal, etc., and can also be called a user. For example, the site can be a mobile phone that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function, or a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function. smart wearable equipment, vehicle-mounted communication equipment that supports Wi-Fi communication functions and computers that support Wi-Fi communication functions, etc. Optionally, the site can be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards. For example, the site can also support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
例如,接入点和站点可以是应用于车联网中的设备,物联网(internet of things,IoT)中的物联网节点、传感器等,智慧家居中的智能摄像头,智能遥控器,智能水表电表,以及智慧城市中的传感器等。For example, access points and sites can be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT), smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes, and sensors in smart cities, etc.
本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统可以为WLAN或蜂窝网,该方法可以由无线通信系统中的通信设备或通信设备中的芯片或处理器实现,该通信设备可以是一种支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信设备,例如,称为多链路设备(multi-link device)或多频段设备(multi-band device)。相比于仅支持单条链路传输的设备来说,多链路设备具有更高的传输效率和更高的吞吐量。多链路设备包括一个或多个隶属的站点STA(affiliated STA),隶属的STA是一个逻辑上的站点,可以工作在一条链路上。其中,隶属的站点可以为AP或non-AP STA。隶属的站点为AP的多链路设备可以称为多链路AP或多链路AP设备或AP多链路设备(AP multi-link device),隶属的站点为non-AP STA的多链路设备可以称为多链路STA或多链路STA设备或STA多链路设备(STA multi-link device)。The wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a WLAN or a cellular network. The method may be implemented by a communication device in the wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device. The communication device may be a communication device that supports multiple links. Wireless communication devices that transmit in parallel are, for example, called multi-link devices or multi-band devices. Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput. Multi-link devices include one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs). An affiliated STA is a logical site and can work on one link. Among them, the affiliated site can be an AP or non-AP STA. A multi-link device whose site is an AP can be called a multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device), and a multi-link device whose site is a non-AP STA It can be called multi-link STA or multi-link STA device or STA multi-link device.
首先,为了使得本申请实施例的方法更容易理解,下面对本申请实施例中涉及的一些概念说明如下。First, in order to make the methods of the embodiments of the present application easier to understand, some concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained below.
本申请实施例中波束可以是宽波束、窄波束或者其他类型波束。In the embodiment of this application, the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
1、波束(beam)。1. Beam.
波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameter)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)或空间发射参数(spatial transmission parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial reception parameter)。The embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter. The beam used to send signals can be called a transmission beam (transmission beam, Tx beam), a spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter) or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive signals can be called a It is the receive beam (reception beam, Rx beam), which can be called the spatial domain receive filter (spatial domain receive filter) or the spatial receive parameter (spatial reception parameter).
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after the signal is emitted by the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The beam forming technology may be beam forming technology or other technologies. Specifically, the beamforming technology can be digital beamforming technology, analog beamforming technology, or hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
波束一般和资源对应,例如,进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的波束发送不同的资源,终端反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就可以获知对应的波束的质量。Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, the network device sends different resources through different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network device can learn the quality of the corresponding beam.
在数据传输时,波束信息也是通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如,网络设备通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的传输配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indication,TCI)字段,来指示终端接收PDSCH(physical downlink shared channel,物理下行共享信道)的波束的信息。During data transmission, beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resources. For example, the network device instructs the terminal to receive the beam information of the PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel) through the Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) field in the downlink control information (DCI).
可选地,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束可以通过一个或多个天线端口发送,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。 Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam. A beam can be sent through one or more antenna ports and is used to transmit data channels, control channels, sounding signals, etc. One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be viewed as a set of antenna ports.
在波束测量中,网络设备的每一个波束对应一个资源,因此可以以资源的索引或标识来指示该资源对应的波束。In beam measurement, each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the index or identifier of the resource can be used to indicate the beam corresponding to the resource.
本申请中,形成波束的技术可以是波束成形技术或者其他技术手段。例如,波束成形技术具体可以为数字波束成形技术、模拟波束成形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束成形技术。In this application, the beam forming technology may be beam forming technology or other technical means. For example, the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
2、扇区(sector)2. Sector
扇区可以是一个定向波束,发送扇区(transmission sector,TX sector)可以对应定向的发送波束,接收扇区可以对应定向的接收波束(reception sector,RX sector)。A sector can be a directional beam, a transmission sector (transmission sector, TX sector) can correspond to a directional transmission beam, and a reception sector can correspond to a directional reception beam (reception sector, RX sector).
3、信标间隔(beacon interval,BI)3. Beacon interval (BI)
图2示出了一种BI的示意性结构图。参见图2,在802.11ad/ay中,时间轴可以被分为多个BI,每个BI包括信标头指示(beacon header indication,BHI)和数据传输间隔(data transmission interval,DTI)。其中,BHI中包括信标传输间隔(beacon transmission interval,BTI)、关联-波束赋形训练(association beamforming training,A-BFT)以及公告传输间隔(announcement transmission interval,ATI)。DTI包括若干个子区间,该若干个子区间基于接入的形式分为竞争接入区间(contention based access period,CBAP)(例如图2所示的CBAP1和CBAP2)和服务区间(service period,SP)(例如图2所示的SP1和SP2)。Figure 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a BI. Referring to Figure 2, in 802.11ad/ay, the timeline can be divided into multiple BIs, each BI including beacon header indication (beacon header indication, BHI) and data transmission interval (data transmission interval, DTI). Among them, BHI includes beacon transmission interval (beacon transmission interval, BTI), association beamforming training (association beamforming training, A-BFT) and announcement transmission interval (announcement transmission interval, ATI). DTI includes several sub-intervals, which are divided into contention based access period (CBAP) (such as CBAP1 and CBAP2 shown in Figure 2) and service period (service period, SP) ( For example, SP1 and SP2 shown in Figure 2).
其中,PCP/AP会在BTI中按照扇区编号发送多个信标(beacon)帧,用于下行扇区扫描;A-BFT用于STA关联,以及上行扇区扫描;ATI用于PCP/AP向STA轮询缓存数据信息以及向STA分配数据传输间隔(data transmission interval,DTI)中的资源。整个DTI会被分为若干个子区间,子区间会根据接入的形式分为基于竞争接入区间(contention based access period,CBAP)和服务区间(service period,SP),后者是进行调度传输,无需进行竞争。Among them, PCP/AP will send multiple beacon frames according to sector numbers in BTI for downlink sector scanning; A-BFT is used for STA association and uplink sector scanning; ATI is used for PCP/AP Poll the STA for cached data information and allocate resources in the data transmission interval (DTI) to the STA. The entire DTI will be divided into several sub-intervals. The sub-intervals will be divided into contention-based access period (CBAP) and service period (SP) according to the form of access. The latter is for scheduled transmission. No need to compete.
4、波束训练(beamforming)4. Beamforming
AP和STA可以通过波束训练寻找较佳的通信链路。波束训练可以主要分为扇区级扫描(Sector-level sweep,SLS)和波束细化协议(beam refinement protocol,BRP)两个阶段。在某些应用场景中,波束训练还可以包括增强波束训练阶段,例如,波束细化协议发送扇区扫描(beam refinement protocol transmit sector sweep,BRP TXSS)阶段。以下结合图3对波束训练的过程进行说明。APs and STAs can find better communication links through beam training. Beam training can be mainly divided into two stages: sector-level sweep (SLS) and beam refinement protocol (BRP). In some application scenarios, beam training may also include an enhanced beam training phase, such as the beam refinement protocol transmit sector sweep (BRP TXSS) phase. The process of beam training is explained below with reference to Figure 3.
图3示出了波束训练的示意图。发起设备(beamforming initiator)为波束训练的发起端,响应设备(beamforming responder)为波束训练的接收端。发起设备和响应设备可以分别是不同的STA,也可以分别是AP和STA,也可以分别是不同的AP。图3以STA1作为波束训练的发起端,STA2作为波束训练的响应端进行说明。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of beam training. The initiating device (beamforming initiator) is the initiator of beam training, and the response device (beamforming responder) is the receiving end of beam training. The initiating device and the responding device may be different STAs, or they may be APs and STAs, or they may be different APs. Figure 3 illustrates using STA1 as the initiator of beam training and STA2 as the responder of beam training.
图3的(a)示出了SLS阶段的示意图,SLS阶段主要处于图2所示的BTI和A-BFT中,该阶段可以完成发送扇区的训练。在SLS阶段,可以具体包括发起端扇区扫描(initiator sector sweep,ISS)、响应端扇区扫描(responder sector sweep,RSS)和扇区扫描反馈(sector sweep feedback,SSW-Feedback)三个子阶段,可选地,还可以包括扇区扫描确认(sector sweep ACK,SSW-ACK)子阶段,从而建立STA1和STA2之间的基本链路。具体地,在ISS阶段,STA1通过发送多个扇区扫描(sector sweep,SSW)帧,或者多个短扇区扫描(Short SSW)帧,或者包含SSW字段的信标帧,进行STA1的发送扇区的训练。类似的,STA2在RSS阶段通过发送SSW帧或Short SSW帧进行STA2的发送扇区的训练。SLS 中通过SSW-Feedback阶段和SSW-ACK阶段对上述的ISS和RSS阶段的结果进行确认,并且确定是否要进行波束优化。进而在SLS阶段中,STA1可以获得发送到STA2的最优发送扇区,而STA2也可以获得发送到STA1的最优发送扇区。通过以上过程即可完成STA1与STA2之间的发送扇区的训练。(a) of Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of the SLS stage. The SLS stage is mainly in the BTI and A-BFT shown in Figure 2. This stage can complete the training of the sending sector. In the SLS phase, it can specifically include three sub-phases: initiator sector sweep (ISS), responder sector sweep (RSS) and sector sweep feedback (SSW-Feedback). Optionally, a sector sweep ACK (SSW-ACK) sub-phase may also be included, thereby establishing a basic link between STA1 and STA2. Specifically, in the ISS phase, STA1 performs the transmission sector of STA1 by sending multiple sector sweep (SSW) frames, multiple short sector scan (Short SSW) frames, or beacon frames containing the SSW field. District training. Similarly, STA2 trains the sending sector of STA2 by sending SSW frames or Short SSW frames in the RSS phase. SLS The results of the above-mentioned ISS and RSS phases are confirmed through the SSW-Feedback phase and SSW-ACK phase, and it is determined whether beam optimization is required. Furthermore, in the SLS phase, STA1 can obtain the optimal transmission sector sent to STA2, and STA2 can also obtain the optimal transmission sector sent to STA1. Through the above process, the training of the transmission sector between STA1 and STA2 can be completed.
BRP阶段主要处于图2所示的DTI中,该阶段可以完成接收扇区的训练。在BRP阶段,可以具体包括BRP设置(BRP setup)、多扇区标识探测(multiple sector identifier detection,MID)、波束组合(beam combining,BC)和波束细化交涉(beam refinement transactions)四个子阶段。在BRP设置子阶段(图未示出),STA1和STA2可以交换有关波束训练的能力信息,以及进行有关波束训练的参数配置。在MID子阶段,参见图3的(b),STA1可以使用准全向天线发送BRP帧,STA2据此训练定向接受扇区。类似地,STA2可以使用准全向天线发送BRP帧,STA1据此训练定向接收扇区。在BC子阶段,参见图3的(c),STA1可以选择在SLS阶段获得的部分定向发送扇区与STA2进行发送扇区和接收扇区的配对。示例性地,STA1可以将具有最高信噪比(signal to noise ratio,SNR)的波束对作为最佳通信链路的最佳波束对,进而使用该波束对进行数据传输。在波束细化交涉子阶段,参见图3的(d),STA1和STA2可以通过该子阶段探索更多的发送扇区和接收扇区配对。示例性地,STA1和接收设备发送BRP协议数据单元(PLCP protocol data unit,PPDU),BRP PPDU中BRP帧的末尾携带TRN(training,TRN)字段。例如,方向多吉比特(directional multi-gigabit,DMG)设备可以支持发送BRP-TX PPDU和BRP-RX PPDU,增强型(enhanced DMG,EDMG)可以支持发送BRP-TX PPDU、BRP-RX PPDU以及BRP-RX/TX PPDU。其中,BRP-TX PPDU中BRP帧末尾携带的是TRN-T字段,进而该BRP帧能够用于训练STA1的发送扇区。BRP-RX PPDU中BRP帧末尾携带的是TRN-R字段,进而该BRP帧能够用于训练STA2的接收扇区。BRP-RX/TX PPDU中BRP帧末尾携带的是TRN-R/T字段,进而该BRP帧能够用于同时训练STA1的发送扇区和STA2的接收扇区。通过以上过程即可完成STA1与STA2之间的发送扇区和接收扇区的训练。The BRP stage is mainly in the DTI shown in Figure 2. This stage can complete the training of the receiving sector. In the BRP stage, it can specifically include four sub-stages: BRP setup (BRP setup), multiple sector identifier detection (MID), beam combining (BC) and beam refinement transactions (beam refinement transactions). In the BRP setting sub-phase (not shown in the figure), STA1 and STA2 can exchange capability information related to beam training, and configure parameters related to beam training. In the MID sub-stage, see (b) of Figure 3, STA1 can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to send BRP frames, and STA2 trains the directional receiving sector accordingly. Similarly, STA2 can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to send BRP frames, and STA1 trains the directional receiving sector accordingly. In the BC sub-phase, see (c) of Figure 3, STA1 can select some of the directional transmission sectors obtained in the SLS phase to pair the transmission sectors and reception sectors with STA2. For example, STA1 can use the beam pair with the highest signal to noise ratio (SNR) as the best beam pair for the best communication link, and then use the beam pair for data transmission. In the beam refinement negotiation sub-stage, see (d) of Figure 3, STA1 and STA2 can explore more transmit sector and receive sector pairs through this sub-stage. For example, STA1 and the receiving device send a BRP protocol data unit (PLCP protocol data unit, PPDU), and the end of the BRP frame in the BRP PPDU carries a TRN (training, TRN) field. For example, a directional multi-gigabit (DMG) device can support sending BRP-TX PPDU and BRP-RX PPDU, and an enhanced (enhanced DMG, EDMG) device can support sending BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU, and BRP- RX/TX PPDU. Among them, the end of the BRP frame in the BRP-TX PPDU carries the TRN-T field, and the BRP frame can be used to train the sending sector of STA1. The end of the BRP frame in the BRP-RX PPDU carries the TRN-R field, and the BRP frame can be used to train the receiving sector of STA2. The end of the BRP frame in the BRP-RX/TX PPDU carries the TRN-R/T field, and the BRP frame can be used to simultaneously train the transmit sector of STA1 and the receive sector of STA2. Through the above process, the training of the transmit sector and the receive sector between STA1 and STA2 can be completed.
BRP TXSS阶段可以主要处于图2所示的DTI阶段中,在该阶段可以对EDMG设备进行增强波束训练。在BRP TXSS阶段,可以具体包括设置阶段(setup phase)、发起端BRP TXSS阶段(initiator BRP TXSS phase)和应答阶段(acknowledgement phase),可选地还可以包括响应端的接收训练阶段(receive training phase of the responder)、响应端BRP TXSS阶段(responder BRP TXSS phase)和发起端的接收训练阶段(receive training phase of the initiator)。参见图3的(e),在设置阶段(setup phase),发起端和接收端可以交互随后的BRP TXSS中包括的阶段,以及用于BRP TXSS的相关配置参数。在发起端BRP TXSS阶段(initiator BRP TXSS phase),发起端可以通过发送BRP-TX PPDU进行发起端的发送扇区的增强波束训练。示例性地,发起端可以发起至少一轮训练,在同一轮训练中,发起端可以使用不同的DMG天线连续发送多个BRP-TX PPDU,在不同轮的训练过程中,发起端发送多个BRP-TX PPDU的过程可以相同。另外,在同一轮的训练过程中,响应端可以使用同一个DMG天线接收来自发起端不同DMG天线的多个BRP-TX PPDU。在不同轮的训练过程中,响应端可以使用不同的DMG天线接收BRP-TX PPDU。进而在该发起端BRP TXSS阶段(initiator BRP TXSS phase),响应端可以获取发起端的最佳发送扇区,并将最佳发送扇区的相关信息承载于BRP帧中反馈给发起端。可选地在响应端的接 收训练阶段(receive training phase of the responder)中,发起端可以使用之前获得的最佳发送扇区向响应端发送BRP-RX PPDU,响应端使用该最佳发送扇区对应的天线接收,进行接收扇区的训练。The BRP TXSS phase can be mainly in the DTI phase shown in Figure 2, in which enhanced beam training can be performed on the EDMG equipment. The BRP TXSS phase can specifically include a setup phase, an initiator BRP TXSS phase and an acknowledgment phase. Optionally, it can also include a receive training phase of the responder. the responder), the responder BRP TXSS phase (responder BRP TXSS phase) and the initiator's receive training phase (receive training phase of the initiator). Referring to (e) of Figure 3, in the setup phase, the initiating end and the receiving end can interact with subsequent stages included in the BRP TXSS, as well as related configuration parameters for the BRP TXSS. In the initiator BRP TXSS phase, the initiator can perform enhanced beam training of the initiator's transmit sector by sending BRP-TX PPDU. For example, the initiator can initiate at least one round of training. In the same round of training, the initiator can use different DMG antennas to continuously send multiple BRP-TX PPDUs. During different rounds of training, the initiator sends multiple BRP -The process for TX PPDU can be the same. In addition, during the same round of training, the responder can use the same DMG antenna to receive multiple BRP-TX PPDUs from different DMG antennas of the initiator. During different rounds of training, the responder can use different DMG antennas to receive BRP-TX PPDUs. Furthermore, in the initiator BRP TXSS phase, the responder can obtain the best transmitting sector of the initiating end, and carry the relevant information of the best transmitting sector in the BRP frame and feed it back to the initiating end. optionally on the response side In the receive training phase of the responder, the initiator can use the best sending sector obtained previously to send BRP-RX PPDU to the responder, and the responder uses the antenna corresponding to the best sending sector to receive. Sector training.
与发起端BRP TXSS阶段类似,在响应端BRP TXSS阶段中(图未示出),响应端可以发起通过发送BRP-TX PPDU进行响应端的发送扇区的增强波束训练。示例性地,响应端可以发起至少一轮训练,具体的流程可以参见上文关于发起端BRP TXSS阶段的描述。另外,与响应端的接收训练阶段类似,可选存在的发起端的接收训练阶段(receive training phase of the initiator)(图未示出)可以对接收扇区进行训练。Similar to the initiator BRP TXSS phase, in the responder BRP TXSS phase (not shown in the figure), the responder can initiate enhanced beam training of the responder's transmit sector by sending BRP-TX PPDU. For example, the responder can initiate at least one round of training. For the specific process, please refer to the above description of the BRP TXSS phase of the initiator. In addition, similar to the receiving training phase of the responder, the optional receiving training phase of the initiator (not shown in the figure) can train the receiving sector.
在应答阶段(acknowledgement phase),发起端可以发送携带应答信息BRP帧,标识BRP TXSS结束训练。In the acknowledgment phase, the initiator can send a BRP frame carrying response information to mark the end of BRP TXSS training.
5、波束跟踪(beam tracking)5. Beam tracking
波束跟踪可以跟踪通信链路的链路质量。示例性地,当通信链路的SNR低于特定阈值时,该通信链路可能不适合数据传输,发起设备可以在数据帧末尾添加TRN字段执行波束跟踪。Beam tracking can track the link quality of a communication link. For example, when the SNR of the communication link is lower than a specific threshold, the communication link may not be suitable for data transmission, and the initiating device can add a TRN field to the end of the data frame to perform beam tracking.
参见图4,图4示出了波束跟踪的示意图。STA1在数据帧末尾添加TRN-T字段,STA2在接收添加了TRN-T字段的数据帧后,可以在确认(acknowledge,Ack)帧末尾添加BRP帧,进而将波束跟踪的结果反馈给发起设备,进而发起设备可以选择最佳波束对进行剩余数据的传输。其中,TRN-T字段的含义可以参见上文描述,在此不再赘述。Referring to Figure 4, Figure 4 shows a schematic diagram of beam tracking. STA1 adds the TRN-T field at the end of the data frame. After receiving the data frame with the TRN-T field added, STA2 can add a BRP frame at the end of the acknowledgment (acknowledge, Ack) frame to feed back the beam tracking results to the initiating device. Then the initiating device can select the best beam pair to transmit the remaining data. The meaning of the TRN-T field can be found in the above description and will not be described again here.
6、被动感知(passive sensing)6. Passive sensing
(设备、帧或者帧的传输)并非特别设计(或者说专门设计)用于感知,其它设备可以利用该(设备、帧或者帧的传输的)相关信息进行感知。(Device, frame or frame transmission) is not specially designed (or specifically designed) for sensing, and other devices can use the relevant information (device, frame or frame transmission) for sensing.
或者说,passive sensing:transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.In other words, passive sensing: transmissions that are not specifically designed for sensing are used by other devices for sensing.
参见图5,图5示出了AP和STA之间传输信号的示意图。以STA向AP发送上行信号为例,STA发送的上行信号可能是通过链路(1)到达AP,也有可能是通过链路(2)经物体反射后到达AP。由于信号是一种电磁波,通过对信号的发送波和接收波的参数进行处理,能够实现对传输路径上的环境进行感知,即可能能够获得传输路径上的物体位置分布、物体形状或者物体行动轨迹等信息。因此,在本申请中,可以利用并非特别设计用于感知的设备、帧或者帧的传输实现感知。以下,首先对本申请提出的感知方法进行详细说明。Referring to Figure 5, Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of signal transmission between the AP and the STA. Take the STA sending an uplink signal to the AP as an example. The uplink signal sent by the STA may reach the AP through link (1), or it may reach the AP after being reflected by an object through link (2). Since the signal is a kind of electromagnetic wave, by processing the parameters of the transmitting wave and the receiving wave of the signal, the environment on the transmission path can be perceived, that is, the position distribution, shape of the object or the trajectory of the object on the transmission path may be obtained. and other information. Therefore, in the present application, sensing may be achieved using devices, frames, or transmission of frames that are not specifically designed for sensing. Below, the sensing method proposed in this application is first described in detail.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的示意性流程图。Figure 6 shows a schematic flow chart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
S610,第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息,对应地,第一设备接收来自第二设备的第一信息。S610: The second device sends the first information to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device receives the first information from the second device.
该第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,该第一帧为BRP帧和/或数据帧,该第一发送扇区的信息用于生成感知结果。The first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame. The first frame is a BRP frame and/or a data frame. The information of the first sending sector is used to generate a perception. result.
或者说,该第一信息指示第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知(passive sensing)。In other words, the first information indicates that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing.
可选地,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提高第二设备的位置信息。或者,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供发送第一帧的设备的位置信息。该位置信息可以是设备的物理位置信息,例如位置坐标、相对位置坐标等,也可以是设备的标识,该设备的标 识能够间接指示设备的位置信息,本申请对此不作特别限定。Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can improve the location information of the second device. Alternatively, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the device that sent the first frame. The location information can be the physical location information of the device, such as location coordinates, relative location coordinates, etc., or it can be the identification of the device. The recognition can indirectly indicate the location information of the device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
该BRP帧和数据帧可以是第一设备和第二设备通信过程中任意阶段的BRP帧和数据帧,示例性地,该BRP帧可以是上文所述波束训练过程中的BRP帧,例如BRP阶段中的BRP-TX PPDU、BRP-RX PPDU、BRP TXSS阶段中的BRP-TX PPDU、BRP-RX PPDU。进而,本申请可以利用存在于各个阶段、以及上行方向和下行方向的BRP帧和数据帧实现被动感知。The BRP frames and data frames may be BRP frames and data frames at any stage during the communication process between the first device and the second device. For example, the BRP frames may be BRP frames during the beam training process described above, such as BRP BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU, BRP-TX PPDU, BRP-RX PPDU in the BRP TXSS phase. Furthermore, this application can realize passive sensing by utilizing BRP frames and data frames that exist in various stages, as well as in the uplink and downlink directions.
该第一发送扇区的信息用于生成感知结果可以是指:第一发送扇区的信息可以用于针对第一帧的传输路径上的周边环境生成感知结果,该感知结果可以包括传输路径上的物体位置分布信息、物体行动轨迹信息、物体特征信息等能够用雷达进行感知获得的信息。The information of the first transmitting sector may be used to generate a sensing result. This may mean that the information of the first transmitting sector may be used to generate a sensing result for the surrounding environment on the transmission path of the first frame. The sensing result may include information on the transmission path of the first frame. Object location distribution information, object trajectory information, object feature information and other information that can be obtained by radar sensing.
示例性地,该第一发送扇区的信息可以包括以下信息中的至少一项:第一发送扇区的方向信息、第一发送扇区的波束宽度、第一发送扇区的扇区增益(sector gain)或第一发送扇区的标识信息。其中,该第一发送扇区的方向信息可以包括扇区方位角(sector azimuth)和/或扇区仰角(sector elevation),该第一发送扇区的波束宽度可以包括方位角波束宽度(azimuth beamwidth)和/或仰角波束宽度(elevation beamwidth),第一发送扇区的标识信息可以包括扇区标识(sector id)和/或DMG天线标识(DMG ant id)。进而,通过对该第一发送扇区的信息进行处理可以获得感知结果。Exemplarily, the information of the first transmitting sector may include at least one of the following information: direction information of the first transmitting sector, beam width of the first transmitting sector, sector gain of the first transmitting sector ( sector gain) or the identification information of the first sending sector. Wherein, the direction information of the first transmitting sector may include sector azimuth (sector azimuth) and/or sector elevation (sector elevation), and the beam width of the first transmitting sector may include azimuth beamwidth (azimuth beamwidth). ) and/or elevation beamwidth (elevation beamwidth), the identification information of the first transmitting sector may include a sector identification (sector id) and/or a DMG antenna identification (DMG ant id). Furthermore, the sensing result can be obtained by processing the information of the first transmitting sector.
可选地,该第二设备是站点,第一设备是接入点。或者,该第二设备为接入点,第一设备为站点。或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点。Optionally, the second device is a station and the first device is an access point. Alternatively, the second device is an access point and the first device is a station. Or, the first device and the second device are different access points. Or, the first device and the second device are different sites.
从而,在本申请实施例中,利用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the flexibility of sensing can be improved by using the transmission sector information corresponding to BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods for sensing.
应理解,当有BRP帧和数据帧都支持被动感知时,该第一信息可以指示该BRP帧和数据帧都能够用于感知。It should be understood that when a BRP frame and a data frame both support passive sensing, the first information may indicate that both the BRP frame and the data frame can be used for sensing.
第二设备可以采用多种方式,或者多种方式相结合的方式向第一设备发送第一信息。在一种实现方式中,在第一帧为BRP帧,第二设备支持DMG的情况下,所述第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域(BRP request field)、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元(DMG beam refinement element)或能力单元(capabilities element);在第一帧为BRP帧,所述第二设备支持EDMG的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制(medium access control,MAC)标头(MAC header)、物理层(physical layer,PHY)标头(PHY header)或能力单元。第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息的方式可以与第一帧的类型或第二设备的类型相关,具体的描述可以参见以下图7至图14的介绍。The second device may send the first information to the first device in multiple ways, or in a combination of multiple ways. In one implementation, when the first frame is a BRP frame and the second device supports DMG, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field (BRP request field), EDMG BRP domain, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement element or capabilities element; when the first frame is a BRP frame and the second device supports EDMG, the first information is carried in At least one of the following fields: BRP request domain, EDMG BRP domain, EDMG BRP request unit or capability unit; in the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: Media access Control (medium access control, MAC) header (MAC header), physical layer (physical layer, PHY) header (PHY header) or capability unit. The manner in which the second device sends the first information to the first device may be related to the type of the first frame or the type of the second device. For specific description, please refer to the following introduction in Figures 7 to 14.
S620,第二设备向第一设备发送第一帧,对应的,第一设备测量来自第二设备的第一帧。S620: The second device sends the first frame to the first device, and correspondingly, the first device measures the first frame from the second device.
第一设备可以针对该第一帧执行被动感知,以生成测量结果。该测量结果可以包括接收第一帧的方向、时间、强度等能够用于感知的结果。The first device may perform passive sensing for the first frame to generate a measurement result. The measurement results may include the direction, time, intensity and other results of receiving the first frame that can be used for perception.
该第一帧可以是上文图3中波束训练阶段和图4中波束跟踪阶段中的BRP帧和/或数据帧。 The first frame may be the BRP frame and/or data frame in the beam training phase in FIG. 3 and the beam tracking phase in FIG. 4 above.
可以理解的是,在本申请不对第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息和第一帧的顺序作出任何限定。示例性地,该第一信息可以承载于该第一帧,或者说,该第一信息可以使用BRP帧和/或数据帧中的保留比特,进而步骤S610和步骤S620可以合并成一个步骤。第二设备也可以在发送第一帧之前或者之后向第一设备发送该第一信息。示例性地,该第一信息可以承载于定义的能力单元,并指示支持被动感知的第一帧对应的时段或类型,或者,该第一信息也可以承载于第一帧之前或者之后的BRP帧(或数据帧),指示第一帧为承载第一信息的BRP帧(或数据帧)之后或者之前的BRP帧(或数据帧)。It can be understood that this application does not make any limitation on the order in which the second device sends the first information and the first frame to the first device. For example, the first information may be carried in the first frame, or the first information may use reserved bits in the BRP frame and/or the data frame, and step S610 and step S620 may be combined into one step. The second device may also send the first information to the first device before or after sending the first frame. For example, the first information can be carried in a defined capability unit and indicates the period or type corresponding to the first frame that supports passive sensing. Alternatively, the first information can also be carried in a BRP frame before or after the first frame. (or data frame), indicating that the first frame is a BRP frame (or data frame) after or before the BRP frame (or data frame) carrying the first information.
第一设备基于第一信息获知第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知,那么第一设备可以发起请求帧,用于获取用于感知的发送扇区的信息。需要说明的是,当第一设备和第二设备分别为STA和AP或分别为AP和STA时,第一设备可以直接向第二设备发送请求帧,当第一设备和第二设备分别为不同的STA时,第一设备可以通过对应的AP向第二设备发送请求帧,即第一设备可以向AP发送请求帧,由AP向第二设备请求用于感知的发送扇区的信息。以下以第一设备和第二设备分别为STA和AP进行示例性说明。The first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information, then the first device may initiate a request frame for obtaining information on the transmitting sector used for sensing. It should be noted that when the first device and the second device are STA and AP respectively or AP and STA respectively, the first device can directly send a request frame to the second device. When the first device and the second device are different When the STA is connected, the first device may send a request frame to the second device through the corresponding AP. That is, the first device may send a request frame to the AP, and the AP requests the second device for sensing transmission sector information. The following is an exemplary description using the first device and the second device as the STA and the AP respectively.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以获取第二设备的第二发送扇区的信息,该第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区。其中,该第二发送扇区可以是第二设备的全部发送扇区。第一设备基于第一信息获知第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知,可以将第二设备的全部发送扇区的信息保存在本地,进而后续在针对第一帧执行被动感知时,第一设备可以从本地保存的第二发送扇区的信息查找到第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息。In a possible implementation, the first device can obtain information about the second sending sector of the second device, where the second sending sector includes the first sending sector. Wherein, the second sending sector may be all sending sectors of the second device. The first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information, and can save the information of all sending sectors of the second device locally, and then when performing passive sensing for the first frame, the first device A device can find the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame from the locally saved information of the second sending sector.
示例性地,第一设备本地存有第二发送扇区的信息,或者如果第一设备在通信过程中接收到第二设备的第二发送扇区的信息,第一设备可以将其保存下来。例如,第一设备基于第一信息获知第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知,即使第一设备还没有触发感知业务,第一设备也可以在通信过程中将第二发送扇区的信息保存至本地,以备之后执行感知业务使用。For example, the first device locally stores the information of the second sending sector, or if the first device receives the information of the second sending sector of the second device during the communication process, the first device can save it. For example, the first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information. Even if the first device has not triggered the sensing service, the first device can transmit the information of the second sending sector during the communication process. Save it locally for later use when performing sensing services.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以向第二设备请求第二发送扇区的信息,在这种情况下,该方法还可以包括步骤S630至S640。需要说明的是,步骤S630至S640可以在步骤S620之前执行,也可以在步骤S620之后执行,进而第一设备可以在任意可以发送第二请求帧的时段(例如ATI或DTI时段)发送第二请求帧,第二设备也可以在任意可以发送第二响应帧的时段(例如ATI或DTI时段)发送第二响应帧,本申请对此不作特别限定。In another possible implementation, the first device may request information about the second transmission sector from the second device. In this case, the method may further include steps S630 to S640. It should be noted that steps S630 to S640 can be performed before step S620 or after step S620, and the first device can send the second request in any period in which the second request frame can be sent (such as the ATI or DTI period). frame, the second device can also send the second response frame in any period in which the second response frame can be sent (such as the ATI or DTI period), which is not specifically limited in this application.
可选地,S630,第一设备向第二设备发送第二请求帧,对应地,第二设备接收来自第一设备的该第二请求帧。Optionally, S630, the first device sends a second request frame to the second device, and correspondingly, the second device receives the second request frame from the first device.
该第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息。即第一设备可以主动向第二设备发送第二请求帧(例如一种信息请求information request帧),请求第二设备的全部扇区信息。The second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector. That is, the first device can actively send a second request frame (such as an information request frame) to the second device to request all sector information of the second device.
可选地,S640,第二设备响应于该第二请求帧向第一设备发送第二发送扇区的信息,对应地,第一设备接收来自第二设备的响应于该第二请求帧的第二发送扇区的信息。Optionally, S640, the second device sends the information of the second transmission sector to the first device in response to the second request frame, and correspondingly, the first device receives the second transmission sector information from the second device in response to the second request frame. 2. Send sector information.
第二设备可以响应于第二请求帧向第一设备发送第二响应帧(例如一种信息响应information response)帧,该第二响应帧携带该第二发送扇区的信息。The second device may send a second response frame (for example, an information response) frame to the first device in response to the second request frame, the second response frame carrying the information of the second sending sector.
示例性地,第二发送扇区的信息可以包括第二发送扇区的数量信息。例如,第二设备可以定义包括数量信息的DMG扇区信息单元(DMG sector info element),该数量信息可 以表示全部扇区(all sectors),或者该数量信息也可以表示发送扇区的全部或部分数量(num TX sectors)的具体数值。其中,第二设备可以在关联或SLS阶段获知该数量信息,例如,第二设备可以通过DMG信标帧或SSW帧中的扇区扫描反馈字段(sector sweep feedback field)中的ISS中全部扇区字段(total sectors in ISS field)获知该数量信息。另外,该第二发送扇区的信息还可以包括第二发送扇区的描述信息,例如,该第二发送扇区的描述信息可以承载于DMG扇区描述单元(DMG sector descriptor element)。具体示例性的第二发送扇区的信息可以参见后文图14至图15的描述。For example, the information of the second transmission sector may include quantity information of the second transmission sector. For example, the second device may define a DMG sector information element including quantity information, and the quantity information may to represent all sectors (all sectors), or the quantity information can also represent a specific value of all or part of the number of transmission sectors (num TX sectors). The second device can learn the quantity information in the association or SLS phase. For example, the second device can obtain all sectors in the ISS through the sector sweep feedback field in the DMG beacon frame or SSW frame. field (total sectors in ISS field) to obtain the quantity information. In addition, the information of the second transmitting sector may also include description information of the second transmitting sector. For example, the description information of the second transmitting sector may be carried in a DMG sector descriptor element (DMG sector descriptor element). For specific exemplary information on the second transmitting sector, please refer to the description of Figures 14 to 15 below.
第一设备可以基于第二发送扇区的信息生成第二发送扇区的信息和第二发送扇区的标识的对应关系。The first device may generate a corresponding relationship between the information of the second transmitting sector and the identifier of the second transmitting sector based on the information of the second transmitting sector.
示例性地,该对应关系可以是第二发送扇区的扇区查询表(sector look-up table)。第一设备获取第二发送扇区的信息后,可以将第二发送扇区的标识和第二发送扇区的描述信息关联起来,形成扇区查询表。For example, the corresponding relationship may be a sector look-up table of the second sending sector. After obtaining the information of the second transmitting sector, the first device can associate the identifier of the second transmitting sector with the description information of the second transmitting sector to form a sector lookup table.
从而,第一设备可以本地保存第二设备的发送扇区的信息,进而之后第一设备向第二设备索要第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息时,第二设备可以仅将第一发送扇区的标识发送给第一设备,第一设备通过本地查询获取第一发送扇区的信息,减小了传输开销。Therefore, the first device can locally save the information of the sending sector of the second device, and then when the first device requests the second device for the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame, the second device can only send the first The identifier of the transmitting sector is sent to the first device, and the first device obtains the information of the first transmitting sector through local query, thereby reducing transmission overhead.
第一设备基于第一信息获知第一帧和/或第二设备支持被动感知后,可以通过向第二设备发送第一请求帧索要第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的相关信息。然而,如果通信系统没有为第一设备预配置用于发送第一请求帧的传输资源的情况下,该方法还包括步骤S650。After the first device learns that the first frame and/or the second device supports passive sensing based on the first information, the first device may request related information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame by sending a first request frame to the second device. However, if the communication system does not pre-configure the transmission resource for sending the first request frame to the first device, the method further includes step S650.
可选地,S650,第一设备获取用于发送第一请求帧的传输资源。Optionally, S650, the first device obtains a transmission resource for sending the first request frame.
该传输资源可以是分配给第一设备的资源,例如,该传输资源可以是分配给第一设备用于发送其它信息的资源,第一设备可以使用该资源发送第一请求帧。或者,该传输资源也可以不是分配给第一设备的资源,例如,第一设备可以使用空闲资源发送该第一请求帧,或者也可以抢占资源发送该第一请求帧。The transmission resource may be a resource allocated to the first device. For example, the transmission resource may be a resource allocated to the first device for sending other information, and the first device may use the resource to send the first request frame. Alternatively, the transmission resource may not be a resource allocated to the first device. For example, the first device may use idle resources to send the first request frame, or may preempt resources to send the first request frame.
示例性地,该传输资源可以是DTI阶段中的资源,第一设备可以在第一帧所在的分配时隙内,例如SP分配时段或CBAP分配时段的TXOP内,发送第一请求帧,或者第一设备也可以使用其它时隙发送第一请求帧。For example, the transmission resource may be a resource in the DTI phase, and the first device may send the first request frame in the allocated time slot where the first frame is located, such as the TXOP of the SP allocation period or the CBAP allocation period, or the first request frame. A device may also use other time slots to send the first request frame.
在一种可能的实现方式中,若第一设备在测量第一帧之后,经过第一时间未发送该第一请求帧,则可以丢弃测量结果。该第一时间可以是预设置的,也可以是第二设备指示的,本申请对此不作特别限定。如果第一设备在预定时间内未确定发送第一请求帧的传输资源,或者第一设备确定的能够发送第一请求帧的传输资源对应的时间超过预定时间,并且第一设备已经生成第一帧的测量结果,那么第一设备可以丢弃该测量结果。在这种情况下,可以认为该测量结果已经过时,第一设备无需再发送该第一请求帧。In a possible implementation, if the first device does not send the first request frame for a first time after measuring the first frame, the measurement result may be discarded. The first time may be preset or may be instructed by the second device, which is not particularly limited in this application. If the first device does not determine the transmission resource to send the first request frame within the predetermined time, or the time corresponding to the transmission resource that the first device determines can send the first request frame exceeds the predetermined time, and the first device has generated the first frame measurement result, then the first device can discard the measurement result. In this case, the measurement result can be considered to be outdated, and the first device does not need to send the first request frame again.
可选地,S660,第一设备向第二设备发送第一请求帧,对应地,第二设备接收来自第一设备的该第一请求帧。Optionally, S660, the first device sends a first request frame to the second device, and correspondingly, the second device receives the first request frame from the first device.
第一设备可以是在测量第一帧之前向第二设备发送第一请求帧,也可以是在测量第一帧之后向第二设备发送该第一请求帧。当第一设备是在测量第一帧之前向第二设备发送第一请求帧时,该第一请求帧还可以用于指示请求的是之后时段的帧的发送扇区的信息;当第一设备是在测量第一帧之后向第二设备发送第一请求帧时,该第一请求帧还可以用于指示请求的是之前时段的发送扇区的帧的发送扇区的信息。 The first device may send the first request frame to the second device before measuring the first frame, or may send the first request frame to the second device after measuring the first frame. When the first device sends the first request frame to the second device before measuring the first frame, the first request frame can also be used to indicate that the request is for information on the transmission sectors of frames in the subsequent period; when the first device When the first request frame is sent to the second device after measuring the first frame, the first request frame may also be used to indicate that the information requested is the transmission sector of the frame of the transmission sector in the previous period.
可选地,该第一请求帧还可以指示第一帧的类型,进而第二设备可以知道返回哪一类型的帧的发送扇区的信息。Optionally, the first request frame may also indicate the type of the first frame, so that the second device may know which type of frame sending sector information to return.
可选地,S670,第二设备确定发送第一响应帧的传输资源。Optionally, S670, the second device determines the transmission resource for sending the first response frame.
第二设备确定发送第一响应帧的传输资源的方式可以与第一设备确定发送第一请求帧的传输资源的方式类似,为了简便,在此不再赘述。The manner in which the second device determines the transmission resource for sending the first response frame may be similar to the manner in which the first device determines the transmission resource for sending the first request frame. For the sake of simplicity, details will not be described again here.
可选地,S680,第二设备响应于该第一请求帧向第一设备发送第一响应帧,对应地,第一设备接收来自第二设备的响应于该第一请求帧的第一响应帧。Optionally, S680, the second device sends a first response frame to the first device in response to the first request frame, and correspondingly, the first device receives a first response frame from the second device in response to the first request frame. .
该第一响应帧包括第二信息,该第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的信息。The first response frame includes second information, and the second information is used to indicate information of the first transmitting sector.
如果该方法未执行步骤S630至S640,即第一设备本地没有第二发送扇区的信息,那么第一响应帧可以包括第二信息和第一发送扇区的描述信息。第一响应帧包括第一发送扇区的描述信息的示例性示意图可以参见后文图19和图20的描述。If the method does not perform steps S630 to S640, that is, the first device does not have the information of the second transmission sector locally, then the first response frame may include the second information and the description information of the first transmission sector. For an exemplary schematic diagram of the first response frame including the description information of the first transmission sector, please refer to the description of FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 below.
如果该方法执行了步骤S630至S640,即第一设备本地存有第二发送扇区的信息,那么第一响应帧可以包括第二信息和第一发送扇区的标识,进而第一设备可以基于第二信息和第一发送扇区的标识进行查表获取第一发送扇区的描述信息。If the method executes steps S630 to S640, that is, the first device locally stores the information of the second sending sector, then the first response frame may include the second information and the identification of the first sending sector, and then the first device may based on The second information and the identifier of the first sending sector are looked up in a table to obtain the description information of the first sending sector.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,当第一帧为BRP帧时,该第二信息可以是基于该第一帧的对话口令(dialog token)生成的。第一设备可以通过该第一帧的对话口令获取该第一发送扇区的标识。需要说明的是,对话口令可以用于唯一标记BRP帧,BRP帧是承载于BRP PPDU,BRP PPDU携带TRN字段,TRN字段里的每一个TRN子字段可以代表一个扇区,从而第一设备通过对话口令可以索引到BRP帧所在的BRP PPDU,进而通过BRP PPDU中的TRN字段找到对应的第一发送扇区。具体示例性地第二响应消息的设计可以参见后文图17的描述。In a first possible implementation manner, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the second information may be generated based on the dialog token of the first frame. The first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the session password of the first frame. It should be noted that the session password can be used to uniquely mark the BRP frame. The BRP frame is carried in the BRP PPDU. The BRP PPDU carries the TRN field. Each TRN subfield in the TRN field can represent a sector, so that the first device passes the session The password can be indexed to the BRP PPDU where the BRP frame is located, and then the corresponding first sending sector can be found through the TRN field in the BRP PPDU. For a specific example design of the second response message, please refer to the description of Figure 17 below.
在第二种可能的实现方式中,当第一帧为BRP帧、数据帧或其它支持被动感知的帧时,该第二信息可以是基于第一帧对应的传输时间戳(timestamp)生成的。第一设备可以通过该第一帧对应的传输时间戳获取该第一发送扇区的标识。该传输时间戳可以指示该第一帧为哪一时间段发送的帧,进而第一设备可以基于第二信息中的传输时间戳索引到对应的PPDU,进而通过PPDU中的TRN字段获取对应的第一发送扇区的标识。具体示例性地第二响应消息的设计可以参见后文图18的描述。In a second possible implementation manner, when the first frame is a BRP frame, a data frame, or other frames that support passive sensing, the second information may be generated based on the transmission timestamp (timestamp) corresponding to the first frame. The first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame. The transmission timestamp may indicate which time period the first frame was sent, and then the first device can index to the corresponding PPDU based on the transmission timestamp in the second information, and then obtain the corresponding third PPDU through the TRN field in the PPDU. An identification of the transmitting sector. For a specific example design of the second response message, please refer to the description of Figure 18 below.
在第三种可能的实现方式中,当第一帧为数据帧,该数据帧是以CCMP的方式加密保护时,该第二信息可以是基于第一帧对应的包编号(packet number,PN)生成的。第一设备可以通过该第一帧对应的PN获取第一发送扇区的标识。其中,CCMP是一种数据加密的流程,该流程会在MAC标头(MAC header)和数据帧之间添加一个CCMP标头(CCMP header),该CCMP标头包括该PN。具体示例性地第二响应消息的设计可以参见后文图17的描述。In the third possible implementation, when the first frame is a data frame and the data frame is encrypted and protected in CCMP, the second information may be based on the packet number (PN) corresponding to the first frame. Generated. The first device may obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the PN corresponding to the first frame. Among them, CCMP is a data encryption process that adds a CCMP header (CCMP header) between the MAC header (MAC header) and the data frame. The CCMP header includes the PN. For a specific example design of the second response message, please refer to the description of Figure 17 below.
在第四种可能的实现方式中,当第一帧为数据帧时,该第二信息还可以是基于以下信息中的至少一项生成的:分段编号(fragment number)、序列编号(sequence number,SN)或通信标志符(traffic identifier,TID)生成的。上述信息可以承载于数据帧的MAC标头中,可以用于标记用于被动感知的数据帧。进而,第一设备可以通过上述信息获取第一发送扇区的标识。In a fourth possible implementation manner, when the first frame is a data frame, the second information may also be generated based on at least one of the following information: fragment number, sequence number , SN) or traffic identifier (TID) generated. The above information can be carried in the MAC header of the data frame and can be used to mark the data frame for passive sensing. Furthermore, the first device can obtain the identity of the first sending sector through the above information.
在第五种可能的实现方式中,当第一帧为BRP帧、数据帧或其它支持被动感知的帧 时,该第二信息可以是基于第一帧的帧主体(frame body)生成的。例如,可以在帧主体中添加PPDU计数标识,该PPDU计数标识可以用于标记第一帧,第一设备可以基于该PPDU计数标识生成的第二信息获取第一发送扇区的标识。In the fifth possible implementation, when the first frame is a BRP frame, data frame or other frame that supports passive sensing, When , the second information may be generated based on the frame body of the first frame. For example, a PPDU count identifier can be added to the frame body, and the PPDU count identifier can be used to mark the first frame. The first device can obtain the identifier of the first sending sector based on the second information generated by the PPDU count identifier.
需要说明的是,在上述几种方式中,当第一帧为BRP TXSS阶段中的BRP帧时,该第二信息可以仅标记一轮中的BRP-TX PPDU,例如采用对话口令、PPDU计数、或者通过标记第几轮第几个的形式进行标记,利用每轮BRP-TX PPDU的重复性,减小第二信息的比特消耗,即减少了资源的消耗。It should be noted that in the above methods, when the first frame is a BRP frame in the BRP TXSS phase, the second information can only mark the BRP-TX PPDU in one round, such as using conversation password, PPDU count, Or by marking which round it is, the repeatability of each round of BRP-TX PPDU is used to reduce the bit consumption of the second information, that is, the consumption of resources is reduced.
需要说明的是,上述生成第二信息的实现方式可以单独使用,也可以结合使用,本申请对此不作特别限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned implementation methods for generating second information can be used alone or in combination, and this application is not particularly limited in this regard.
另外,还需要说明的是,若第一设备在测量第一帧之后,经过第二时间未接收第一响应帧,则可以丢弃测量结果。也就是说,如果第一设备在测量第一帧之后,迟迟没有收到第一响应帧,那么可以认为测量结果已经过时,第一设备可以丢弃掉该测量结果。若第一设备在发送第一请求帧之后,经过第三时间未接收第一响应帧,且第一设备还未测量该第一帧,则可以重新发送该第一请求帧。也就是说,如果在测量之前,第一设备迟迟没有收到第一响应帧,第一设备可以重新再发送一次第一请求帧。应理解,第二时间和第三时间均可以是预设置的,或者也可以是第二设备指示的,或者也可以是通过设定定时值获得的,例如,可以预设置从测量第一帧到发送第一请求帧的第一定时值,以及从发送第一请求帧到接收第一响应帧的第二定时值,那么本申请实施例中的第一时间可以是该第一定时值,第二时间可以是第一定时值和第二定时值的和,第三时间可以是该第二定时值。In addition, it should be noted that if the first device does not receive the first response frame after a second period of time after measuring the first frame, the measurement result may be discarded. That is to say, if the first device does not receive the first response frame after measuring the first frame, the measurement result can be considered to be out of date, and the first device can discard the measurement result. If the first device does not receive the first response frame after a third time has elapsed after sending the first request frame, and the first device has not measured the first frame, the first request frame may be re-sent. That is to say, if the first device fails to receive the first response frame before measurement, the first device can resend the first request frame. It should be understood that both the second time and the third time may be preset, or may be indicated by the second device, or may be obtained by setting a timing value. For example, they may be preset from measuring the first frame to The first timing value for sending the first request frame, and the second timing value from sending the first request frame to receiving the first response frame, then the first time in the embodiment of the present application may be the first timing value, and the second The time may be the sum of the first timing value and the second timing value, and the third time may be the second timing value.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
以上结合流程图对本申请实施例提出的感知方法进行了说明,以下对本申请实施例提出的第一信息、第一请求帧、第一响应帧(包括第二信息)、第二请求帧以及第二响应帧的帧结构设计进行说明。The sensing method proposed in the embodiment of the present application is described above in conjunction with the flow chart. The first information, the first request frame, the first response frame (including the second information), the second request frame and the second request frame proposed in the embodiment of the present application are described below. The frame structure design of the response frame is explained.
在上文的方法实施例描述中,第一信息可以承载于BRP帧中,为了便于理解本申请实施例,表1和表2示出了两种BRP帧激活字段格式(BRP frame action field format)定义。In the above description of the method embodiments, the first information can be carried in the BRP frame. In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, Table 1 and Table 2 show two BRP frame action field formats (BRP frame action field format) definition.
表1:

Table 1:

表2:
Table 2:
以下结合图7至图13对第一信息的承载方式进行说明。The carrying method of the first information will be described below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 13 .
图7示出了第一信息承载于BRP请求域(BRP request field)的示意图。Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the BRP request field (BRP request field).
当第一帧为BRP帧,发送第一帧的设备为DMG设备或EDMG设备时,该第一信息可以承载于BRP请求域。示例性地,参见图7,该BRP请求域可以包括13个信息字段:1、L-RX;2、TX-TRN请求(TX-TRN-REQ);3、MID请求(MID-REQ);4、BC请求(BC-REQ);5、MID授权(MID-Grant);6、BC授权(BC-Grant);7、Chan-FBCK-CAP;8、发送扇区标识(TX Sector ID);9、其它AID(Other_AID);10、TX DMG天线ID(TX DMG Antenna ID);11、EDMG-SHORT-BRP(11ay);12、EDMG-SHORT-FBCK(11ay);13、DMG感知;14、第一信息;15、保留字段(reserved)。When the first frame is a BRP frame and the device sending the first frame is a DMG device or an EDMG device, the first information may be carried in the BRP request field. For example, referring to Figure 7, the BRP request field may include 13 information fields: 1. L-RX; 2. TX-TRN request (TX-TRN-REQ); 3. MID request (MID-REQ); 4 , BC request (BC-REQ); 5. MID grant (MID-Grant); 6. BC grant (BC-Grant); 7. Chan-FBCK-CAP; 8. Transmit sector identification (TX Sector ID); 9 , Other AID (Other_AID); 10. TX DMG Antenna ID (TX DMG Antenna ID); 11. EDMG-SHORT-BRP (11ay); 12. EDMG-SHORT-FBCK (11ay); 13. DMG sensing; 14. Chapter 1. Information; 15. Reserved fields.
其中,信息字段1至12具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad和IEEE 802.11ay的描述,信息字段13关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。The specific meanings of information fields 1 to 12 can be found in the descriptions of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. The description of the first information of information field 13 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用BRP请求域中的任意一个或多个保留比特,图7是以第一信息占用BRP请求域中第30个比特位进行举例。It can be understood that this application does not make any restrictions on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the BRP request field. Figure 7 shows the first information occupying the BRP request. Take the 30th bit in the field as an example.
图8示出了第一信息承载于DMG波束细化单元(DMG beam refinement element)的示意图。Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the DMG beam refinement element (DMG beam refinement element).
当第一帧为BRP帧,发送第一帧的设备为DMG设备时,该第一信息可以承载于DMG波束细化单元。示例性地,参见图8,该DMG波束细化单元可以包括27个信息字段:1、单元标识(Element ID);2、长度(Length);3、发起端(Initiator);4、TX训练响应(TX-train-response);5、RX训练响应(RX-train-response);6、TX-TRN-OK;7、TXSS-FBCK-REQ;8、RS-FBCK;9、BS-FBCK DMG天线ID(BS-FBCK DMG antenna ID);10、FBCK-REQ;11、FBCK类型(FBCK-TYPE);12、MID扩展(MID Extension);13、能力请求(Capability Request);14、第一信息;15、保留(reserved);16、RS-FBCK MSB(11ay);17、BS-FBCK Antenna ID MSB(11ay);18、MSB测量数量(Number of measurements MSB(11ay));19、EDMG扩展标志(EDMG Extension Flag(11ay));20、 EDMG信道测量存在(EDMG channel measurement present(11ay));21、扇区扫描帧类型(Sector sweep frame type(11ay));22、DBF FBCK REQ;23、信道聚合请求(Channel aggregation requested(11ay));24、信道聚合在线(Channel aggregation on present(11ay));25、BF训练类型(BF training type(11ay));26、EDMG双向极化TRN信道测量存在(EDMG dual polarization TRN channel measurement present(11ay));27、保留(reserved(11ay))。When the first frame is a BRP frame and the device sending the first frame is a DMG device, the first information may be carried in the DMG beam refinement unit. For example, referring to Figure 8, the DMG beam refinement unit may include 27 information fields: 1. Unit ID (Element ID); 2. Length; 3. Initiator; 4. TX training response (TX-train-response); 5. RX training response (RX-train-response); 6. TX-TRN-OK; 7. TXSS-FBCK-REQ; 8. RS-FBCK; 9. BS-FBCK DMG antenna ID (BS-FBCK DMG antenna ID); 10. FBCK-REQ; 11. FBCK type (FBCK-TYPE); 12. MID Extension; 13. Capability Request; 14. First information; 15. Reserved; 16. RS-FBCK MSB (11ay); 17. BS-FBCK Antenna ID MSB (11ay); 18. Number of measurements MSB (11ay)); 19. EDMG extension flag ( EDMG Extension Flag(11ay)); 20. EDMG channel measurement present (11ay); 21. Sector sweep frame type (11ay); 22. DBF FBCK REQ; 23. Channel aggregation requested (Channel aggregation requested (11ay)) ; 24. Channel aggregation on present (11ay); 25. BF training type (11ay); 26. EDMG dual polarization TRN channel measurement present (11ay )); 27. Reserved(11ay)).
其中,信息字段1至13、15至27具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ax、ay的描述,信息字段14关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。The specific meanings of the information fields 1 to 13 and 15 to 27 can be found in the description of IEEE 802.11ax and ay. The description of the first information of the information field 14 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用DMG波束细化单元中的任意一个或多个保留比特,图8是以第一信息占中第54个比特位进行举例,第一信息还可以占用信息字段27中的任意一个或多个比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any restrictions on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the DMG beam refinement unit. Figure 8 is based on the first information occupying Taking the 54th bit as an example, the first information can also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 27.
图9示出了第一信息承载于EDMG BRP域的示意图。Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the EDMG BRP domain.
当第一帧为BRP帧,发送第一帧的设备为EDMG设备时,该第一信息可以承载于EDMG BRP域。示例性地,参见图9,该EDMG BRP域可以包括27个信息字段:1、发起端(Initiator);2、L-RX;3、TX训练响应(TX-train-response);4、RX训练响应(RX-train-response);5、TX-TRN-OK;6、TXSS-FBCK-REQ;7、TX扇区标识(TX sector ID);8、RS-FBCK;9、BS-FBCK Antenna ID;10、MID扩展(MID Extension);11、BRP-TXSS-OK;12、L-TX-RX;13、请求EDMF TRN单元P(Requested EDMG TRN-unit P);14、请求EDMF TRN单元M(Requested EDMG TRN-unit M)15、请求EDMF TRN单元N(Requested EDMG TRN-unit N);16、BRP-TXSS;17、TXSS发起(TXSS-inititor);18、TXSS-PPDUs;19、扇区扫描帧类型(Sector sweep frame type(11ay));20、TXSS重复(TXSS-repeat);21、TXSS-MIMO;22、BRP CDOWN;23、TX天线罩(TX antenna mask);24、第一次路径训练(First path training);25、双向极化TRN(Dual polarization TRN);26、第一信息;27、保留(reserved(11ay))。When the first frame is a BRP frame and the device sending the first frame is an EDMG device, the first information can be carried in the EDMG BRP domain. For example, referring to Figure 9, the EDMG BRP domain may include 27 information fields: 1. Initiator; 2. L-RX; 3. TX training response (TX-train-response); 4. RX training Response (RX-train-response); 5. TX-TRN-OK; 6. TXSS-FBCK-REQ; 7. TX sector identification (TX sector ID); 8. RS-FBCK; 9. BS-FBCK Antenna ID ; 10. MID Extension; 11. BRP-TXSS-OK; 12. L-TX-RX; 13. Requested EDMF TRN unit P (Requested EDMG TRN-unit P); 14. Requested EDMF TRN unit M ( Requested EDMG TRN-unit M) 15. Requested EDMG TRN-unit N (Requested EDMG TRN-unit N); 16. BRP-TXSS; 17. TXSS initiation (TXSS-initiator); 18. TXSS-PPDUs; 19. Sector scan Frame type (Sector sweep frame type (11ay)); 20. TXSS repeat (TXSS-repeat); 21. TXSS-MIMO; 22. BRP CDOWN; 23. TX antenna mask (TX antenna mask); 24. First path Training (First path training); 25. Dual polarization TRN (Dual polarization TRN); 26. First information; 27. Reserved (11ay).
其中,信息字段1至25、27具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad、IEEE 802.11ay的描述,信息字段26关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。The specific meanings of information fields 1 to 25 and 27 can be found in the descriptions of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. The description of the first information of information field 26 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用EDMG BRP域中的任意一个或多个保留比特,图9是以第一信息占中第85个比特位进行举例,第一信息还可以占用信息字段27中的任意一个或多个比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any restrictions on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the EDMG BRP domain. Figure 9 is based on the first information occupying the third Taking 85 bits as an example, the first information may also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 27.
图10示出了一种包括第一信息的EDMG BRP请求单元的示意图。Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of an EDMG BRP request unit including first information.
当第一帧为BPR帧,该第一帧通过BRP-TX PPDU传输时,该第一信息可以承载于EDMG BRP请求(EDMG BRP request)域。示例性地,参见图10,该EDMG BRP请求单元可以包括24个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、长度(length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、L-RX;5、L-TX-RX;6、TX扇区标识(TX sector ID);7、请求EDMG TRN-unit P(requested EDMG TRN-unit P);8、请求EDMG TRN-单元M(requested EDMG TRN-unit M);9、请求EDMG TRN-unit N(requested EDMG TRN-unit N);10、BRP-TXSS;11、TXSS发起(TXSS initiator);12、TXSS-PPDUs;13、TXSS-重复(TXSS-repeat);14、TXSS-MIMO;15、BPR CDOWN;16、TX天线罩(TX antenna mask);17、返回延时(comeback delay);18、第一次路径训练(First path training); 19、双向极化TRN(Dual polarization TRN);20、数字BF请求(digital BF request);21、反馈类型(feedback type);22、NC标记(Nc index);23、第一信息;24、保留(reserved(11ay))。When the first frame is a BPR frame and is transmitted through a BRP-TX PPDU, the first information may be carried in an EDMG BRP request (EDMG BRP request) field. For example, referring to Figure 10, the EDMG BRP request unit may include 24 information fields: 1. Element ID; 2. Length; 3. Element ID extension; 4. L -RX; 5. L-TX-RX; 6. TX sector ID (TX sector ID); 7. Requested EDMG TRN-unit P (requested EDMG TRN-unit P); 8. Requested EDMG TRN-unit M (requested EDMG TRN-unit M); 9. Requested EDMG TRN-unit N (requested EDMG TRN-unit N); 10. BRP-TXSS; 11. TXSS initiator; 12. TXSS-PPDUs; 13. TXSS-repeat (TXSS-repeat); 14. TXSS-MIMO; 15. BPR CDOWN; 16. TX antenna mask; 17. Comeback delay; 18. First path training ; 19. Dual polarization TRN; 20. Digital BF request; 21. Feedback type; 22. NC mark (Nc index); 23. First information; 24. Reserved (reserved(11ay)).
其中,信息字段1至22具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad、IEEE 802.11ay的描述,信息字段26关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。The specific meanings of the information fields 1 to 22 can be found in the descriptions of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. The description of the first information of the information field 26 can be found in the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用EDMG BRP请求单元中的任意一个或多个保留比特,图10是以第一信息占中第91个比特位进行举例,第一信息还可以占用信息字段24中的任意一个或多个比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any restrictions on the number and position of bits used in the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the EDMG BRP request unit. Figure 10 is centered on the first information. Taking the 91st bit as an example, the first information can also occupy any one or more bits in the information field 24.
图11示出了第一信息承载于data帧的MAC标头的示意图。Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram of the first information carried in the MAC header of the data frame.
当第一帧为data帧时,该第一信息可以承载于MAC标头中,例如MAC标头的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)控制域(QoS control field)中。示例性地,当数据的分类为QoS data类时,参见图11的(a),该QoS控制域可以包括9个信息字段:1、TID;2、EOSP;3、Ack策略指示(Ack policy indicator);4、A-MSD U存在(A-MSD U present);5、A-MSD U类型(A-MSD U type);6、RDG/more PPDU;7、缓存AC(buffered AC);8、第一信息;9、AC约束(AC constraint)。当数据的分类为QoS null时,参见图11的(b),该QoS控制域可以包括9个信息字段:1、TID;2、EOSP;3、Ack策略指示(Ack policy indicator);4、第一信息;5、保留(reserved);6、保留(reserved);7、RDG/more PPDU;8、缓存AC(buffered AC);8、保留(reserved);9、AC约束(AC constraint)。When the first frame is a data frame, the first information may be carried in the MAC header, such as the quality of service (QoS) control field (QoS control field) of the MAC header. For example, when the data is classified into the QoS data class, see (a) of Figure 11, the QoS control domain may include 9 information fields: 1. TID; 2. EOSP; 3. Ack policy indicator (Ack policy indicator) ); 4. A-MSD U present; 5. A-MSD U type (A-MSD U type); 6. RDG/more PPDU; 7. Cache AC (buffered AC); 8. The first information; 9. AC constraint. When the data classification is QoS null, see (b) of Figure 11, the QoS control domain can include 9 information fields: 1. TID; 2. EOSP; 3. Ack policy indicator (Ack policy indicator); 4. 1. Information; 5. Reserved; 6. Reserved; 7. RDG/more PPDU; 8. Cache AC (buffered AC); 8. Reserved; 9. AC constraint.
其中,除第一信息的其它信息字段具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad、IEEE 802.11ay的描述,关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。For the specific meaning of other information fields except the first information, please refer to the description of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. For the description of the first information, please refer to the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用QoS控制域中的任意一个或多个保留比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the QoS control domain.
图12示出了第一信息承载于data帧的PHY标头的一种示意图。Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame.
当第一帧为data帧,发送第一帧的设备为DMG设备时,该第一信息可以承载于PHY标头中。示例性地,在控制模式(control mode)下,该第一信息可以承载于DMG控制模式标头域(DMG control mode header fields),参见图12的(a),该DMG控制模式标头域可以包括8个信息字段:1、差分编码器初始化(differential encoder initialization,DEI);2、加扰器初始化(scrambler initialization);3、长度(length);4、PPDU类型(PPDU type);5、训练长度(trainning length);6、往返所需时间(Turnaround);7、第一信息;8、保留(reserved);9、HCS。在单载波调制模式(single carrier,SC)下,该第一信息可以承载于DMG SC模式标头域(DMG SC mode header fields),参见图12的(b),该DMG SC模式标头域可以包括7个信息字段(从比特位39开始的部分信息字段):1、last RSSI;2、往返所需时间(Turnaround);3、扩展SC MCS指示(Extended SC MCS indication);4、π/2-8-PSK应用(π/2-8-PSK applied);5、第一信息;6、保留(reserved);7、HCS。When the first frame is a data frame and the device sending the first frame is a DMG device, the first information may be carried in the PHY header. For example, in control mode (control mode), the first information can be carried in DMG control mode header fields (DMG control mode header fields). Referring to (a) of Figure 12, the DMG control mode header fields can Includes 8 information fields: 1. Differential encoder initialization (DEI); 2. Scrambler initialization (scrambler initialization); 3. Length; 4. PPDU type (PPDU type); 5. Training Length (training length); 6. Round trip time (Turnaround); 7. First information; 8. Reserved; 9. HCS. Under the single carrier modulation mode (single carrier, SC), the first information can be carried in the DMG SC mode header fields (DMG SC mode header fields). Referring to (b) of Figure 12, the DMG SC mode header fields can Includes 7 information fields (part of the information field starting from bit 39): 1. last RSSI; 2. Round trip time (Turnaround); 3. Extended SC MCS indication (Extended SC MCS indication); 4. π/2 -8-PSK applied (π/2-8-PSK applied); 5. First information; 6. Reserved; 7. HCS.
其中,除第一信息的其它信息字段具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad、IEEE 802.11ay的描述,关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。For the specific meaning of other information fields except the first information, please refer to the description of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. For the description of the first information, please refer to the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用PHY标头中的任意一个或多个保留比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the PHY header.
图13示出了第一信息承载于数据帧的PHY标头的另一种示意图。 Figure 13 shows another schematic diagram in which the first information is carried in the PHY header of the data frame.
当第一帧为数据帧,发送第一帧的设备为EDMG设备时,该第一信息可以承载于PHY标头中。示例性地,在控制模式下,该第一信息可以承载于EDMG控制PPDU(EDMG control PPDU)的EDMG Header A(包括Header A1和A2,以下以A2进行举例),参见图13的(a),该EDMG Header A2可以包括如下8个信息字段:1、TRN聚合(TRN aggregation);2、发送链数量(number of transmit chains);3、DMG TRN;4、第一次路径训练(first path training);5、双向极化TRN训练(dual polarization TRN training);6、第一信息;7、保留(reserved);8、CRC。在SC模式或OFDM模式下,该第一信息可以承载于EDMG SC/OFDM EDMG Header A,参见图13的(b),该EDMG SC/OFDM PPDU的EDMG-Header-A field可以至少包括如下7个信息字段:1、叠加代码应用(superimposed code applied);2、π/2-8-PSK应用(π/2-8-PSK applied);3、传输链数(number of transmit chains);4、DMG TRN;5、第一信息;6、保留(reserved);7、CRC。When the first frame is a data frame and the device sending the first frame is an EDMG device, the first information may be carried in the PHY header. For example, in the control mode, the first information can be carried in EDMG Header A (including Header A1 and A2, below taking A2 as an example) of the EDMG control PPDU (EDMG control PPDU), see (a) of Figure 13, The EDMG Header A2 can include the following 8 information fields: 1. TRN aggregation; 2. Number of transmit chains; 3. DMG TRN; 4. First path training (first path training) ; 5. Dual polarization TRN training; 6. First information; 7. Reserved; 8. CRC. In SC mode or OFDM mode, the first information can be carried in EDMG SC/OFDM EDMG Header A. See Figure 13(b). The EDMG SC/OFDM PPDU's EDMG-Header-A field can include at least the following 7 fields Information fields: 1. Superimposed code applied; 2. π/2-8-PSK applied (π/2-8-PSK applied); 3. Number of transmit chains; 4. DMG TRN; 5. First information; 6. Reserved; 7. CRC.
其中,除第一信息的其它信息字段具体的含义可以参见IEEE 802.11ad、IEEE 802.11ay的描述,关于第一信息的描述可以参见图6中对步骤S610的描述,在此不再赘述。For the specific meaning of other information fields except the first information, please refer to the description of IEEE 802.11ad and IEEE 802.11ay. For the description of the first information, please refer to the description of step S610 in Figure 6, which will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定,第一信息可以使用PHY标头中的任意一个或多个保留比特。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used by the first information. The first information can use any one or more reserved bits in the PHY header.
图14示出了一种包括第一信息的能力单元的示意图。Figure 14 shows a schematic diagram of a capability unit including first information.
第二设备可以在任意一次交互过程中将包括该第一信息的能力单元发送给第一设备,例如第一设备可以在ATI、BRP设置子阶段、DTI等一个BI中任意一次握手交互时将该能力单元发送给第一设备。示例性地,参见图14,该能力单元可以包括如下4个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、第一信息。可选地,该第一信息可以包括间隔类型(interval type)和帧类型(frame type),其中,间隔类型用于指示该第一帧对应的时段,例如BTI、A-BFT或DTI时段,帧类型用于指示该第一帧的帧类型,例如BRP帧、data帧或SSW帧。示例性地,该第一信息的信息字段的长度可以为1字节,间隔类型可以使用2个比特,帧类型可以使用4个比特,信息字段中还可以留有2个比特的保留字段。The second device can send the capability unit including the first information to the first device during any interaction. For example, the first device can send the capability unit during any handshake interaction in a BI such as ATI, BRP setting sub-phase, DTI, etc. The capability unit is sent to the first device. For example, referring to Figure 14, the capability unit may include the following 4 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. First information. Optionally, the first information may include an interval type and a frame type, where the interval type is used to indicate the period corresponding to the first frame, such as the BTI, A-BFT or DTI period. The frame Type is used to indicate the frame type of the first frame, such as BRP frame, data frame or SSW frame. For example, the length of the information field of the first information may be 1 byte, the interval type may use 2 bits, the frame type may use 4 bits, and a 2-bit reserved field may be left in the information field.
可以理解的是,本申请不对第一信息使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used in the first information.
以上对第一信息的承载方式进行了示意性说明,以下对第二发送扇区的信息的承载方式进行说明。The above is a schematic description of the carrying method of the first information, and the following is a description of the carrying method of the information of the second transmission sector.
为了更加便于理解本申请的实施例,表3是本申请实施例提供的间隔类型信息字段使用2个比特指示支持被动感知的4种间隔类型的一种示例。In order to make it easier to understand the embodiments of the present application, Table 3 is an example in which the interval type information field provided by the embodiment of the present application uses 2 bits to indicate the four interval types that support passive sensing.
表3:
table 3:
表4是本申请实施例提供的帧类型信息字段使用4个比特指示支持被动感知的9种帧类型的一种示例。 Table 4 is an example in which the frame type information field provided by the embodiment of the present application uses 4 bits to indicate nine frame types that support passive sensing.
表4:
Table 4:
图15示出了一种包括第二发送扇区的数量信息的信息单元的示意图。FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of an information unit including information on the number of second transmission sectors.
该信息单元可以是DMG扇区信息单元(DMG sector info element),示例性地,该DMG扇区信息单元可以包括如下6个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区数(num sectors);5、扇区信息控制(sector info control);6、LCI。当数量信息表示的是全部扇区时,参见图15的(a),该扇区信息控制信息字段可以使用1个字节,并包括如下3个子字段:1、全部扇区(all sectors);2、LCI存在(LCI present);3、保留字段(reserved)。该全部扇区子字段可以使用1个比特表示全部扇区。当数量信息表示的是第二发送扇区的具体数值时,参见图15的(b),该扇区信息控制信息字段可以使用2个字节,并包括如下3个子字段:1、发送扇区数量(num TX sectors);2、LCI存在(LCI present);3、保留字段(reserved)。该发送扇区数量子字段可以使用9个比特表示第二发送扇区的个数数值。The information unit may be a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector information element). For example, the DMG sector information unit may include the following 6 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Element ID extension; 4. Number of sectors (num sectors); 5. Sector information control (sector info control); 6. LCI. When the quantity information represents all sectors, see (a) of Figure 15, the sector information control information field can use 1 byte and include the following 3 subfields: 1. All sectors (all sectors); 2. LCI present; 3. Reserved fields. The all sectors subfield can use 1 bit to represent all sectors. When the quantity information represents the specific value of the second transmission sector, see (b) of Figure 15, the sector information control information field can use 2 bytes and include the following 3 subfields: 1. Transmission sector Quantity (num TX sectors); 2. LCI present (LCI present); 3. Reserved field (reserved). The transmit sector number subfield may use 9 bits to represent the number value of the second transmit sector.
可以理解的是,本申请不对各个信息字段使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used in each information field.
图16示出了一种包括第二发送扇区的描述信息的描述单元的示意图。FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of a description unit including description information of the second transmission sector.
该描述单元可以是DMG扇区描述单元(DMG sector descriptor element),示例性地,该DMG扇区描述单元包括如下4个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区描述1至N(sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N),N为正整数。每个扇区描述信息字段可以使用8个字节,并包括如下8个子字段:1、扇区方位角(sector azimuth);2、扇区仰角(sector elevation);3、方位角波束宽度(azimuth beamwidth);4、仰角波束宽度(elevation beamwidth);5、扇区增益(sector ID);6、扇区标识(sector id);7、DMG天线标识(DMG ant id);8、 保留字段(reserved)。The description unit may be a DMG sector descriptor element. For example, the DMG sector descriptor element includes the following four information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length). ); 3. Element ID extension; 4. Sector description 1 to N (sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N), N is a positive integer. Each sector description information field can use 8 bytes and includes the following 8 subfields: 1. Sector azimuth; 2. Sector elevation; 3. Azimuth beam width (azimuth) beamwidth); 4. elevation beamwidth; 5. sector gain (sector ID); 6. sector identification (sector id); 7. DMG antenna identification (DMG ant id); 8. Reserved fields.
图17示出了一种基于对话口令或PN生成的第二信息的信息单元的示意图。Figure 17 shows a schematic diagram of an information unit of second information generated based on a session password or PN.
该第二信息可以使用两个单元承载,例如,该两个单元分别为DMG扇区标记信息单元(DMG sector index info element)和DMG扇区标记列表单元(DMG sector index list element)。其中,DMG扇区标记信息单元可以用于提供控制参数,DMG扇区列表单元可以用于提供扇区的标识。示例性地,参见图17的(a),DMG扇区标记信息单元可以包括如下5个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区标记数量(num sector indices);5、扇区标记信息控制(sector index info control)。扇区标记数量字段可以使用1个字节表示第一帧对应的全部发送扇区的数量,或者也可以指示一个DMG扇区标记信息单元携带的发送扇区数量(即DMG扇区列表单元中扇区标记字段的数量)。The second information can be carried using two units. For example, the two units are a DMG sector mark information unit (DMG sector index info element) and a DMG sector mark list unit (DMG sector index list element). The DMG sector mark information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector identification. For example, referring to (a) of Figure 17, the DMG sector mark information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Number of sector marks (num sector indices); 5. Sector mark information control (sector index info control). The sector mark number field can use 1 byte to represent the number of all transmit sectors corresponding to the first frame, or it can also indicate the number of transmit sectors carried by a DMG sector mark information unit (i.e., the sector in the DMG sector list unit number of zone tag fields).
扇区标记信息控制信息字段可以使用3个字节,该信息字段可以包括如下6个信息字段:1、传输数量(num transmissions);2、下一个(next);3、传输类型(transmission type);4、开始传输标记(start transmission index);5、保留字段(reserved)。其中,信息字段1可以使用6个比特表示用于被动感知的PPDU的个数,信息字段2可以使用一个比特表示DMG扇区列表单元承载的信息是用于下一次的被动感知测量结果还是用于之前的被动感知测量结果,信息字段3可以使用4个比特表示用于被动感知的帧的类型。信息字段4可以表示用于被动感知测量的帧是从哪一个帧开始的,从而能够提高指示用于被动感知测量的帧的准确性。The sector mark information control information field can use 3 bytes. This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type) ; 4. Start transmission mark (start transmission index); 5. Reserved field (reserved). Among them, the information field 1 can use 6 bits to indicate the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing, and the information field 2 can use one bit to indicate whether the information carried by the DMG sector list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result or for For the previous passive sensing measurement results, information field 3 can use 4 bits to indicate the type of frame used for passive sensing. The information field 4 may indicate which frame the frame used for passive sensing measurement starts from, thereby improving the accuracy of indicating the frame used for passive sensing measurement.
可以理解的是,本申请不对各个信息字段使用的比特数量和位置做出任何限定。It can be understood that this application does not make any limit on the number and position of bits used in each information field.
需要说明的是,如果第一帧为BRP TXSS阶段的BRP帧,例如第一帧为图3所示的BRP TXSS,那么信息字段1,即传输数量可以是基于BRP帧中EDMG BRP请求单元中的TXSS-PPDUs信息字段(参见图10)确定的。如果BRP TXSS过程中包括N轮训练过程,每轮包括M个BRP-TX PPDU,N乘M个BRP-TX PPDU均可以用于被动感知,那么该传输数量的数值也可以是BRP TXSS中多轮训练中BRP-TX PPDU的总个数,即N与M的乘积,或者该传输数量的数值可以是BRP TXSS中一轮训练中BRP-TX PPDU的个数M,进而第一设备可以通过每轮包含的BRP-TX PPDU的个数确定用于被动感知的PPDU的个数。It should be noted that if the first frame is a BRP frame in the BRP TXSS stage, for example, the first frame is the BRP TXSS shown in Figure 3, then the information field 1, that is, the transmission number can be based on the EDMG BRP request unit in the BRP frame. Determined by the TXSS-PPDUs information field (see Figure 10). If the BRP TXSS process includes N rounds of training, each round includes M BRP-TX PPDUs, and N times M BRP-TX PPDUs can be used for passive sensing, then the value of the number of transmissions can also be multiple rounds in the BRP TXSS The total number of BRP-TX PPDUs in training is the product of N and M, or the value of the transmission number can be the number M of BRP-TX PPDUs in one round of training in BRP TXSS, so that the first device can pass each round The number of BRP-TX PPDUs included determines the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing.
示例性地,参见图17的(b),DMG扇区标记列表单元可以包括如下6个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、传输标记(transmission index);5、每次传输发送扇区数量(num TX sector per transmission);6、扇区标记1至Q(sector index 1-Q),Q为正整数;7、8倍数比特填充。其中,传输标记信息字段可以使用1个字节表示该DMG扇区标记列表单元描述的扇区标记字段属于哪一个帧。如果扇区标记信息控制信息字段的信息字段2表示该DMG扇区标记列表单元承载的信息是用于下一次的被动感知测量结果,由于被动感知测量结果还未生成,即使第一设备知道第一帧的帧类型,也无法知道PPDU的TRN字段的具体配置,那么每次传输发送扇区数量字段可以表示一个PPDU中的TRN段对应多少个发送扇区。例如,如果第一设备为DMG设备,当传输类型为BRP-RX PPDU时,每次传输发送发送扇区数量表示的数值可以为1;当传输类型为BRP-TX PPDU时,每次传输发 送发送扇区数量表示的数值可以为4N,其中N可以由PHY header里的训练长度(training length)字段确定。如果扇区标记信息控制信息字段的信息字段2表示该DMG扇区标记列表单元承载的信息是用于之前的被动感知测量结果,由于第一设备已知第一帧的TRN字段配置,DMG扇区标记列表单元中可以不包括每次传输发送发送扇区数量信息字段。对于DMG设备,每次传输发送扇区数量字段的数值可以根据PHY header里的训练长度(training length)字段确定。对于EDMG设备,每次传输发送扇区数量字段的数值可以根据EDMG header A中EDMG TRN Length字段、EDMG TRN-Unit M字段、EDMG TRN-Unit N字段和RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit字段确定。每一个扇区标记(sector index)承载在扇区标记字段(sector index field)里,可以由8个比特的扇区标识(sector ID)和3个比特的DMG天线标识(DMG Ant ID)组成。当DMG扇区标记列表单元用于描述所有用于被动感知的帧(所有用于被动感知的PPDU)使用的扇区标记时,该单元可以不包括传输标记字段。当DMG扇区标记列表单元用于描述某一个用于被动感知的帧对应的扇区标记时,该单元可以包括传输标记字段。另外,信息字段7为可选字段,当信息单元的长度不是8的倍数时,该信息字段7可以用于将信息单元的长度填充至8的倍数,当信息单元的长度是8的倍数时,该信息单元可以不携带该字段。For example, referring to (b) of Figure 17, the DMG sector mark list unit may include the following 6 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Transmission index (transmission index); 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sector per transmission); 6. Sector index 1 to Q (sector index 1-Q), Q is positive Integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8. The transmission mark information field can use 1 byte to indicate which frame the sector mark field described in the DMG sector mark list unit belongs to. If the information field 2 of the sector mark information control information field indicates that the information carried by the DMG sector mark list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result, since the passive sensing measurement result has not yet been generated, even if the first device knows the first The frame type of the frame cannot know the specific configuration of the TRN field of the PPDU, so the number of sending sectors field in each transmission can indicate how many sending sectors correspond to the TRN segment in a PPDU. For example, if the first device is a DMG device, when the transmission type is BRP-RX PPDU, the value represented by the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be 1; when the transmission type is BRP-TX PPDU, the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be The value represented by the number of sectors to be sent can be 4N, where N can be determined by the training length field in the PHY header. If the information field 2 of the sector mark information control information field indicates that the information carried by the DMG sector mark list unit is used for the previous passive sensing measurement results, since the first device knows the TRN field configuration of the first frame, the DMG sector The tag list unit may not include the information field of the number of sectors sent for each transmission. For DMG devices, the value of the number of sectors sent in each transmission can be determined based on the training length field in the PHY header. For EDMG equipment, the value of the sector number field for each transmission can be based on the EDMG TRN Length field, EDMG TRN-Unit M field, EDMG TRN-Unit N field and RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in EDMG header A. Sure. Each sector index (sector index) is carried in the sector index field (sector index field), which can be composed of an 8-bit sector identifier (sector ID) and a 3-bit DMG antenna identifier (DMG Ant ID). When the DMG sector mark list unit is used to describe the sector marks used by all frames for passive sensing (all PPDUs for passive sensing), the unit may not include a transmission mark field. When the DMG sector mark list unit is used to describe the sector mark corresponding to a certain frame used for passive sensing, the unit may include a transmission mark field. In addition, information field 7 is an optional field. When the length of the information unit is not a multiple of 8, the information field 7 can be used to fill the length of the information unit to a multiple of 8. When the length of the information unit is a multiple of 8, This information unit may not carry this field.
需要说明的是,DMG扇区标记列表单元和DMG扇区标记信息单元可以是两个独立的单元,或者,DMG扇区标记列表单元也可以是以子单元(subelement)的方式承载于DMG扇区标记信息单元。本申请不对DMG扇区标记列表单元和DMG扇区标记信息单元的形式作任何特别限定,例如,如果多个PPDU的传输数量信息字段指示的TRN配置的部分或者全部存在一致时,例如每个PPDU的EDMG header A中的EDMG TRN Length字段、EDMG TRN-Unit M字段、EDMG TRN-Unit N字段和RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit字段中的全部或者部分分别一致,那么图17(b)中的信息字段5可以承载于图17(a)的扇区标记信息控制字段,进而通过一个字段进行指示节省信令开销。It should be noted that the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement. Mark information unit. This application does not place any special restrictions on the form of the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit. For example, if part or all of the TRN configuration indicated by the transmission quantity information field of multiple PPDUs is consistent, for example, each PPDU All or part of the EDMG TRN Length field, EDMG TRN-Unit M field, EDMG TRN-Unit N field and RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in the EDMG header A are consistent respectively, then Figure 17(b) The information field 5 in can be carried in the sector mark information control field in Figure 17(a), thereby indicating through one field to save signaling overhead.
还需要说明的是,当用于被动感知的第一帧为BRP帧时,开始传输标记信息字段和传输标记信息字段的取值可以是基于BRP帧里的对话口令生成的。当用于被动感知的第一帧为数据帧时,开始传输标记信息字段和传输标记信息字段的取值可以是基于数据帧里的PN生成的。It should also be noted that when the first frame used for passive sensing is a BRP frame, the values of the start transmission flag information field and the transmission flag information field may be generated based on the conversation password in the BRP frame. When the first frame used for passive sensing is a data frame, the values of the start transmission flag information field and the transmission flag information field may be generated based on the PN in the data frame.
还需要说明的是,当用于被动感知的第一帧为BRP TXSS阶段中的BRP-TX PPDU时,开始传输标记信息字段和传输标记信息字段可以仅标记其中一轮训练中的BRP-TX PPDU,示例性地,第二设备可以基于一轮训练中的BRP-TX PPDU的计数标记一轮训练中的BRP-TX PPDU,或者第二设备可以采用第几轮第几个的形式标记一轮训练中的BRP-TX PPDU,进而第一设备可以通过一轮的BRP-TX PPDU的信息推导出多轮的全部BRP-TX PPDU的信息。从而,通过利用BRP-TX PPDU每轮的重复性,减小第二信息的比特消耗,即减少了资源的消耗。It should also be noted that when the first frame used for passive sensing is the BRP-TX PPDU in the BRP TXSS phase, the start transmission mark information field and the transmission mark information field can only mark the BRP-TX PPDU in one of the rounds of training. , for example, the second device can mark the BRP-TX PPDUs in the round of training based on the count of BRP-TX PPDUs in the round of training, or the second device can mark the round of training in the form of which round it is. The first device can derive the information of all BRP-TX PPDUs in multiple rounds through the information of one round of BRP-TX PPDU. Therefore, by utilizing the repeatability of each round of BRP-TX PPDU, the bit consumption of the second information is reduced, that is, the consumption of resources is reduced.
另外,开始传输标记信息字段和传输标记信息字段的取值还可以是基于第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符或者第一帧对应的帧主体生成的,生成方式与上述类似,为了简便,在此不再赘述。In addition, the values of the start transmission mark information field and the transmission mark information field may also be based on the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, and the communication corresponding to the first frame. The identifier or the frame body corresponding to the first frame is generated. The generation method is similar to the above. For simplicity, no details will be described here.
为了更加便于理解本申请的实施例,表5是本申请实施例提供的传输类型信息字段使 用4个比特指示支持被动感知的13种传输类型的一种示例。In order to make it easier to understand the embodiments of the present application, Table 5 shows the transmission type information field usage provided by the embodiments of the present application. An example of using 4 bits to indicate the 13 transmission types that support passive sensing.
表5:
table 5:
图18示出了一种基于传输时间戳生成的第二信息的单元信息的示意图。Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of unit information of second information generated based on a transmission timestamp.
该第二信息可以使用两个单元承载,例如,该两个单元分别为DMG扇区标记信息单元(DMG sector index info element)和DMG扇区标记列表单元(DMG sector index list element)。其中,DMG扇区标记信息单元可以用于提供控制参数,DMG扇区列表单元可以用于提供扇区的标识。示例性地,参见图18的(a),DMG扇区标记信息单元可以包括如下5个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区标记数量(num sector indices);5、扇区标记信息控制(sector index info control)。单元标识扩展信息字段可以使用1个字节,可以表示一个DMG扇区列表单元中扇区标记信息单元的个数。The second information can be carried using two units. For example, the two units are a DMG sector mark information unit (DMG sector index info element) and a DMG sector mark list unit (DMG sector index list element). The DMG sector mark information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector identification. For example, referring to (a) of Figure 18, the DMG sector mark information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Number of sector marks (num sector indices); 5. Sector mark information control (sector index info control). The unit identification extended information field can use 1 byte and can represent the number of sector mark information units in a DMG sector list unit.
其中,扇区标记信息控制信息字段可以使用10个字节,该信息字段可以包括如下7个信息字段:1、传输数量(num transmissions);2、下一个(next);3、传输类型(transmission type);4、开始时间戳(start timestamp);5、结束时间戳(end timestamp);6、保留字 段(reserved)。其中,信息字段1至3可以与图18中描述的类似,为了简便在此不再赘述。开始时间戳信息字段和结束时间戳信息字段可以同时存在,也可以单独存在。当开始时间戳信息字段单独存在时,可以指的是从开始时间戳开始的传输数量(num transmissions)个帧;当结束时间戳信息字段单独存在时,可以指的是到结束时间戳为止的传输数量(num transmissions)个帧。Among them, the sector mark information control information field can use 10 bytes. This information field can include the following 7 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type); 4. Start timestamp; 5. End timestamp; 6. Reserved words Section (reserved). Among them, information fields 1 to 3 may be similar to those described in Figure 18, and will not be described again for simplicity. The start timestamp information field and the end timestamp information field can exist at the same time or separately. When the start timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the number of transmissions (num transmissions) frames starting from the start timestamp; when the end timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the transmissions up to the end timestamp. Number of (num transmissions) frames.
示例性地,参见图18的(b),DMG扇区标记列表单元可以包括如下7个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、传输时间戳(transmission timestamp);5、每次传输发送扇区数量(num TX sectors per transmission);6、扇区标记1至Q(sector index 1-Q),Q为正整数;7、8倍数比特填充。其中,信息字段1至3、5至7可以与图17中描述的类似,为了简便在此不再赘述。传输时间戳可以表示该DMG扇区标记列表单元中的扇区标记描述该传输时间戳指示的时刻发出的帧。示例性地,传输时间戳信息字段可以使用8、4或2个字节。另外,当DMG扇区标记列表单元用于描述所有用于被动感知的帧(所有用于被动感知的PPDU)使用的扇区标记时,该单元可以不包括传输时间戳信息字段。当DMG扇区标记列表单元用于描述某一个用于被动感知的帧对应的扇区标记时,该单元可以包括传输时间戳信息字段。For example, referring to (b) of Figure 18, the DMG sector mark list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension ( element ID extension); 4. Transmission timestamp; 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission); 6. Sector tags 1 to Q (sector index 1-Q), Q is Positive integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8. Among them, information fields 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 may be similar to those described in Figure 17, and will not be described again for simplicity. The transmission timestamp may indicate that the sector mark in the DMG sector mark list unit describes the frame sent at the time indicated by the transmission timestamp. Illustratively, the transmission timestamp information field may use 8, 4, or 2 bytes. In addition, when the DMG sector mark list unit is used to describe the sector marks used by all frames for passive sensing (all PPDUs for passive sensing), the unit may not include a transmission timestamp information field. When the DMG sector mark list unit is used to describe the sector mark corresponding to a certain frame used for passive sensing, the unit may include a transmission timestamp information field.
需要说明的是,DMG扇区标记列表单元和DMG扇区标记信息单元可以是两个独立的单元,或者,DMG扇区标记列表单元也可以是以子单元(subelement)的方式承载于DMG扇区标记信息单元,本申请对此不作特别限定。It should be noted that the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement. The mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application.
需要说明的是,图18所示的第二信息的实现方式对第一帧的类型不作任何限定,第一帧为BRP帧、数据帧、SSW帧等的情况下均可以采用该实现方式。It should be noted that the implementation of the second information shown in Figure 18 does not impose any limitation on the type of the first frame. This implementation can be adopted when the first frame is a BRP frame, a data frame, an SSW frame, etc.
还需要说明的是,上述图17和图18描述的帧格式可以应用在BRP帧或第一请求帧和第一响应帧属于同一个分配时段里的情况。在BRP帧和第一请求帧或第一响应帧属于不同分配时段的情况下,还可以指示索要的扇区信息是针对哪一分配时段内的发送的BRP帧。例如,可以用分配范围字段(allocation range field)表示是前一分配时段,或者当前分配时段,或者下一分配时段。其中,不同分配时段指的是在同一BI中的分配的不同信道接入时段。另外,扇区标志(sector index)的含义可以有如下两种:第一种、每一个扇区标志对应TRN字段中每一个TRN子字段的扇区。根据802.11ad/ay协议定义,对于DMG设备,当发送BRP-TX PPDU或BRP-RX PPDU时,可以有4N个TRN子字段(N由PHY header里Training Length确定);对于EDMG设备,当发送BRP-TX PPDU或BRP-RX/TX PPDU时,可以有ML个TRN子字段(M由EDMG Header A里EDMG TRN M字段确定,L由EDMG Header A里EDMG TRN Length字段确定);当发送BRP-RX PPDU时,可以有10L个TRN子字段。第二种,每一个扇区标志对应TRN field中每一次发送扇区改变后的扇区。根据802.11ad/ay协议定义,对于DMG设备,当发送BRP-TX PPDU时,可以有4N次扇区改变;对于EDMG设备,当发送BRP-TX PPDU时,可以会有ML/N次扇区改变(N由EDMG Header A里EDMG TRN N字段确定),其中当N=0时,有ML次扇区改变,当发送BRP-RX/TX PPDU,可以有L/C次扇区改变,C的数值由BRP-RX/TX PPDU的EDMG Header A中RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field决定。对于DMG设备和EDMG设备,当发送BRP-RX PPDU时,TRN field使用和前导频、数据传输方向 一样的扇区,不发生改变。进而,当采用第一种方式表示扇区标志时,可以使用N个扇区标志表示一组扇区,当采用第二种方式时,可以使用1个扇区标志表示一组扇区,能够减小传输开销。It should also be noted that the frame formats described in Figures 17 and 18 above can be applied when the BRP frame or the first request frame and the first response frame belong to the same allocation period. In the case where the BRP frame and the first request frame or the first response frame belong to different allocation periods, it may also be indicated that the requested sector information is for the BRP frame sent in which allocation period. For example, the allocation range field can be used to indicate whether it is the previous allocation period, the current allocation period, or the next allocation period. Wherein, different allocation periods refer to different channel access periods allocated in the same BI. In addition, the sector index (sector index) can have the following two meanings: first, each sector index corresponds to the sector of each TRN subfield in the TRN field. According to the 802.11ad/ay protocol definition, for DMG devices, when sending BRP-TX PPDU or BRP-RX PPDU, there can be 4N TRN subfields (N is determined by the Training Length in the PHY header); for EDMG devices, when sending BRP -TX PPDU or BRP-RX/TX PPDU, there can be ML TRN subfields (M is determined by the EDMG TRN M field in EDMG Header A, L is determined by the EDMG TRN Length field in EDMG Header A); when sending BRP-RX PPDU, there can be 10L TRN subfields. Second, each sector mark corresponds to the sector after each transmission sector change in the TRN field. According to the 802.11ad/ay protocol definition, for DMG devices, when sending BRP-TX PPDU, there can be 4N sector changes; for EDMG devices, when sending BRP-TX PPDU, there can be ML/N times of sector changes. (N is determined by the EDMG TRN N field in EDMG Header A). When N=0, there are ML sector changes. When sending BRP-RX/TX PPDU, there can be L/C sector changes. The value of C Determined by the RX TRN-Units per Each TX TRN-Unit field in EDMG Header A of the BRP-RX/TX PPDU. For DMG equipment and EDMG equipment, when sending BRP-RX PPDU, the TRN field uses the preamble and data transmission direction. The same sectors will not change. Furthermore, when the first method is used to represent sector flags, N sector flags can be used to represent a group of sectors. When the second method is used, 1 sector flag can be used to represent a group of sectors, which can reduce Small transmission overhead.
图19示出了一种第一响应帧包括第一发送扇区的描述信息的示意图。Figure 19 shows a schematic diagram in which the first response frame includes description information of the first sending sector.
该第一发送扇区的描述信息可以使用两个单元承载,例如,该两个单元分别为DMG扇区信息单元(DMG sector info element)和DMG扇区列表单元(DMG sector list element)。其中,DMG扇区信息单元可以用于提供控制参数,DMG扇区列表单元可以用于提供扇区的描述信息。示例性地,参见图19的(a),DMG扇区信息单元可以包括如下5个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区数量(num sector);5、扇区信息控制(sector info control)。扇区数量字段可以使用1个字节表示第一帧对应的全部扇区的数量,或者也可以指示一个DMF扇区信息单元携带的扇区数量(即DMG扇区列表单元中扇区字段的数量)。The description information of the first transmission sector can be carried using two units. For example, the two units are a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector information element) and a DMG sector list element (DMG sector list element). The DMG sector information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector description information. For example, referring to (a) of Figure 19, the DMG sector information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Number of sectors (num sector); 5. Sector information control (sector info control). The sector number field can use 1 byte to represent the number of all sectors corresponding to the first frame, or it can also indicate the number of sectors carried by a DMF sector information unit (that is, the number of sector fields in the DMG sector list unit ).
扇区信息控制信息字段可以使用3个字节,该信息字段可以包括如下6个信息字段:1、传输数量(num transmissions);2、下一个(next);3、传输类型(transmission type);4、开始传输标记(start transmission index);5、保留字段(reserved)。其中,信息字段1可以使用6个比特表示用于被动感知的PPDU的个数,信息字段2可以使用一个比特表示DMG扇区列表单元承载的信息是用于下一次的被动感知测量结果还是用于之前的被动感知测量结果,信息字段3可以使用4个比特表示用于被动感知的帧的类型。信息字段4可以表示用于被动感知测量的帧是从哪一个帧开始的,从而能够提高指示用于被动感知测量的帧的准确性。The sector information control information field can use 3 bytes. This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type); 4. Start transmission index (start transmission index); 5. Reserved field (reserved). Among them, the information field 1 can use 6 bits to indicate the number of PPDUs used for passive sensing, and the information field 2 can use one bit to indicate whether the information carried by the DMG sector list unit is used for the next passive sensing measurement result or for For the previous passive sensing measurement results, information field 3 can use 4 bits to indicate the type of frame used for passive sensing. The information field 4 may indicate which frame the frame used for passive sensing measurement starts from, thereby improving the accuracy of indicating the frame used for passive sensing measurement.
示例性地,参见图19的(b),DMG扇区列表单元可以包括如下7个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、传输标记(transmission index);5、每次传输发送扇区数量(num TX sectors per transmission)6、扇区描述1至N(sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N),N为正整数;7、8倍数比特填充。For example, referring to (b) of Figure 19, the DMG sector list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Transmission mark (transmission index); 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission) 6. Sector description 1 to N (sector descriptor 1-sector descriptor N), N is positive Integer; bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8.
需要说明的是,DMG扇区标记列表单元和DMG扇区标记信息单元可以是两个独立的单元,或者,DMG扇区标记列表单元也可以是以子单元(subelement)的方式承载于DMG扇区标记信息单元,本申请对此不作特别限定。图19为所示的单元设计可以适用于第一设备本地没有存储第二发送扇区的信息的场景,与图17所示的单元设计不同的是,图19所示单元中可以携带第二发送扇区的描述信息,图19所示的其它字段的含义可以参考图17中的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement. The mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application. The unit design shown in Figure 19 can be applied to a scenario where the first device does not store the information of the second transmission sector locally. Different from the unit design shown in Figure 17, the unit shown in Figure 19 can carry the second transmission sector. For the description information of the sector and the meaning of other fields shown in Figure 19, please refer to the description in Figure 17 and will not be described again here.
图20示出了另一种第一响应帧包括第一发送扇区的描述信息的示意图。FIG. 20 shows another schematic diagram in which the first response frame includes description information of the first sending sector.
该第一发送扇区的描述信息可以使用两个单元承载,例如,该两个单元分别为DMG扇区信息单元(DMG sector info element)和DMG扇区列表单元(DMG sector list element)。其中,其中,DMG扇区信息单元可以用于提供控制参数,DMG扇区列表单元可以用于提供扇区的描述信息。示例性地,参见图20的(a),DMG扇区信息单元可以包括如下5个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、扇区数量(num sector);5、扇区信息控制(sector info control)。单元标识扩展信息字段可以使用1个字节,可以表示一个DMG扇区列表单元 中扇区信息单元的个数。The description information of the first sending sector may be carried using two units. For example, the two units are a DMG sector information unit (DMG sector info element) and a DMG sector list element (DMG sector list element). Wherein, the DMG sector information unit may be used to provide control parameters, and the DMG sector list unit may be used to provide sector description information. For example, referring to (a) of Figure 20, the DMG sector information unit may include the following five information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Number of sectors (num sector); 5. Sector information control (sector info control). The unit identification extended information field can use 1 byte to represent a DMG sector list unit. The number of information units in the sector.
其中,扇区信息控制信息字段可以使用10个字节,该信息字段可以包括如下6个信息字段:1、传输数量(num transmissions);2、下一个(next);3、传输类型(transmission type);4、开始时间戳(start timestamp);5、结束时间戳(end timestamp);6、保留字段(reserved)。其中,信息字段1至3可以与图17中描述的类似,为了简便在此不再赘述。开始时间戳信息字段和结束时间戳信息字段可以同时存在,也可以单独存在。当开始时间戳信息字段单独存在时,可以指的是从开始时间戳开始的传输数量(num transmissions)个帧;当结束时间戳信息字段单独存在时,可以指的是到结束时间戳为止的传输数量(num transmissions)个帧。Among them, the sector information control information field can use 10 bytes. This information field can include the following 6 information fields: 1. Transmission number (num transmissions); 2. Next (next); 3. Transmission type (transmission type) ); 4. Start timestamp (start timestamp); 5. End timestamp (end timestamp); 6. Reserved fields. Among them, information fields 1 to 3 may be similar to those described in Figure 17, and will not be described again for simplicity. The start timestamp information field and the end timestamp information field can exist at the same time or separately. When the start timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the number of transmissions (num transmissions) frames starting from the start timestamp; when the end timestamp information field exists alone, it can refer to the transmissions up to the end timestamp. Number of (num transmissions) frames.
示例性地,参见图20的(b),DMG扇区列表单元可以包括如下7个信息字段:1、单元标识(element ID);2、单元长度(element length);3、单元标识扩展(element ID extension);4、传输时间戳(transmission timestamp);5、每次传输发送扇区数量(num TX sectors per transmission)6、扇区描述1至N(sector index 1-N),N为正整数;7、8倍数比特填充。其中,信息字段1至3、5至7可以与图17中描述的类似,为了简便在此不再赘述。传输时间戳可以表示该DMG扇区列表单元中的扇区描述该传输时间戳指示的时刻发出的帧。示例性地,传输时间戳信息字段可以使用8、4或2个字节。另外,当DMG扇区列表单元用于描述所有用于被动感知的帧(所有用于被动感知的PPDU)使用的扇区时,该单元可以不包括传输时间戳信息字段。当DMG扇区列表单元用于描述某一个用于被动感知的帧对应的扇区时,该单元可以包括传输时间戳信息字段。For example, referring to (b) of Figure 20, the DMG sector list unit may include the following 7 information fields: 1. Unit ID (element ID); 2. Unit length (element length); 3. Unit ID extension (element ID extension); 4. Transmission timestamp; 5. Number of sectors sent per transmission (num TX sectors per transmission) 6. Sector description 1 to N (sector index 1-N), N is a positive integer ; Bit padding in multiples of 7 and 8. Among them, information fields 1 to 3 and 5 to 7 may be similar to those described in Figure 17, and will not be described again for simplicity. The transmission timestamp may indicate that the sector in the DMG sector list unit describes the frame sent at the time indicated by the transmission timestamp. Illustratively, the transmission timestamp information field may use 8, 4, or 2 bytes. In addition, when the DMG sector list unit is used to describe sectors used by all frames for passive sensing (all PPDUs for passive sensing), the unit may not include a transmission timestamp information field. When the DMG sector list unit is used to describe a sector corresponding to a frame used for passive sensing, the unit may include a transmission timestamp information field.
需要说明的是,DMG扇区标记列表单元和DMG扇区标记信息单元可以是两个独立的单元,或者,DMG扇区标记列表单元也可以是以子单元(subelement)的方式承载于DMG扇区标记信息单元,本申请对此不作特别限定。图20为所示的单元设计可以适用于第一设备本地没有存储第二发送扇区的信息的场景,与图18所示的单元设计不同的是,图20所示单元中可以携带第二发送扇区的描述信息,图20所示的其它字段的含义可以参考图18中的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the DMG sector mark list unit and the DMG sector mark information unit may be two independent units, or the DMG sector mark list unit may also be carried in the DMG sector in the form of a subelement. The mark information unit is not specifically limited in this application. The unit design shown in Figure 20 can be applied to a scenario where the first device does not store the information of the second transmission sector locally. Different from the unit design shown in Figure 18, the unit shown in Figure 20 can carry the second transmission sector. For the description information of the sector and the meaning of other fields shown in Figure 20, please refer to the description in Figure 18 and will not be described again here.
另外,在本申请中,上述图7至图20的帧格式仅作示例,不对每个信息字段的比特长度和名称做出任何限定,其设计应符合内在的使用逻辑,其变形不应认为超出本申请的范围。In addition, in this application, the above-mentioned frame formats of Figures 7 to 20 are only examples, and no restrictions are placed on the bit length and name of each information field. Its design should conform to the inherent usage logic, and its deformation should not be considered to exceed Scope of this application.
以上描述了本申请实施例的方法实施例,下面对相应的装置实施例进行介绍。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The method embodiments of the embodiments of the present application are described above, and the corresponding device embodiments are introduced below. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiments corresponds to the description of the method embodiments. Therefore, the parts not described in detail can be referred to the previous method embodiments.
图21申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图。如图21所示,该装置2100可以包括收发单元2110和处理单元2120。收发单元2110可以与外部进行通信,处理单元2120用于进行数据处理。收发单元2110还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Figure 21, the device 2100 may include a transceiver unit 2110 and a processing unit 2120. The transceiver unit 2110 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 2120 is used for data processing. The transceiver unit 2110 may also be called a communication interface or a transceiver unit.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置2100可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第一设备执行的流程,其中,处理单元2120用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的处理相关的操作,收发单元2110用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的收发相关的操作。In one possible design, the apparatus 2100 can implement a process corresponding to the execution of the first device in the above method embodiment, wherein the processing unit 2120 is configured to perform processing related to the first device in the above method embodiment. In operation, the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to perform operations related to the transceiver of the first device in the above method embodiment.
示例性地,收发单元2110,接收来自第二设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,所述第一帧为波束细化协议BRP 帧和/或数据帧;处理单元2110,用于测量来自所述第二设备的所述第一帧,以生成测量结果,所述第一发送扇区的信息和所述测量结果用于生成感知结果。Exemplarily, the transceiver unit 2110 receives the first information from the second device, the first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame, and the first Frame for Beam Refinement Protocol BRP frame and/or data frame; the processing unit 2110 is used to measure the first frame from the second device to generate a measurement result, and the information of the first transmission sector and the measurement result are used to generate a perception result.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
可选地,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
从而,在本申请中,该第一信息可以指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息以及第二设备的位置信息,进而第一设备可以请求第一发送扇区的信息和位置信息用于感知。Therefore, in this application, the first information can indicate that the second device can provide the information of the first sending sector corresponding to the first frame and the location information of the second device, and then the first device can request the first sending sector. Information and location information are used for perception.
可选地,收发单元2110,还用于发送第一请求帧;收发单元2110,还用于接收响应于第一请求帧的第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a first request frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive a first response frame in response to the first request frame, where the first response frame includes second information, and the second information indicates First send sector information.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以通过第一设备与第二设备之间的请求帧和响应帧的交互获得第二设备的发送扇区信息,测量第一帧和扇区信息的交互可以发生在不同的时段,使得感知更加灵活,能够适用更多的应用场景。Therefore, in this application, the first device can obtain the sending sector information of the second device through the interaction of the request frame and the response frame between the first device and the second device, and measuring the interaction of the first frame and the sector information can It occurs at different time periods, making the perception more flexible and applicable to more application scenarios.
可选地,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the first response frame also includes location information of the second device.
可选地,处理单元2120,还用于生成第二发送扇区的信息和第二发送扇区的标识的对应关系,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区;处理单,2120,还用于根据第二信息和对应关系确定第一发送扇区的信息,第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的标识。Optionally, the processing unit 2120 is also configured to generate a corresponding relationship between the information of the second sending sector and the identifier of the second sending sector. The second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector It includes the first transmitting sector; the processing sheet 2120 is also used to determine the information of the first transmitting sector according to the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first transmitting sector.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以存有第二设备的发送扇区的信息,创建发送扇区的信息和标识的查找列表,使得第一设备索要第一发送扇区的标识就可以通过查找列表获取第一发送扇区的信息,能够节省传输开销。Therefore, in this application, the first device can store the information of the transmitting sector of the second device, and create a search list of the information and identification of the transmitting sector, so that the first device can request the identification of the first transmitting sector through Searching the list to obtain the information of the first sending sector can save transmission overhead.
可选地,收发单元2110,还用于发送第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;收发单元2110,还用于接收响应于第二请求帧的第二发送扇区的信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a second request frame, and the second request frame is used to request the information of the second transmit sector; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive the second transmitter in response to the second request frame. Sector information.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以请求获得第二设备的第二发送扇区的信息,使得在感知的过程可以只进行一次发送扇区的信息的传输,能够减少空口信令的开销。Therefore, in this application, the first device can request to obtain the information of the second transmission sector of the second device, so that the information of the transmission sector can be transmitted only once during the sensing process, which can reduce the overhead of air interface signaling.
可选地,处理单元2120,还用于获取用于发送第一请求帧的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给所述第一设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给所述第一设备的资源。Optionally, the processing unit 2120 is also configured to obtain transmission resources for sending the first request frame. The transmission resources are resources allocated to the first device, or the transmission resources are not allocated to the first device. H.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以自主寻找传输机会发送第一请求帧,例如,第一设备可以通过抢占等机制发送第一请求帧,进而实现灵活感知。Therefore, in this application, the first device can independently search for transmission opportunities to send the first request frame. For example, the first device can send the first request frame through a mechanism such as preemption, thereby achieving flexible sensing.
可选地,若处理单元2120在测量第一帧之后,经过收发单元2110第一时间未发送第一请求帧,则处理单元2120还用于丢弃测量结果;若处理单元2120在测量第一帧之后,收发单元2110经过第二时间未接收第一响应帧,则处理单元2120还用于丢弃测量结果;若收发单元2110在发送第一请求帧之后,收发单元2110经过第三时间未接收第一响应帧,且处理单元2120还未测量第一帧,则收发单元2110还用于重新发送该第一请求帧。Optionally, if the processing unit 2120 does not send the first request frame after the transceiver unit 2110 passes the first time after measuring the first frame, the processing unit 2120 is also configured to discard the measurement result; if the processing unit 2120 does not send the first request frame after measuring the first frame , the transceiver unit 2110 does not receive the first response frame after the second time, the processing unit 2120 is also used to discard the measurement result; if the transceiver unit 2110 does not receive the first response after the third time after sending the first request frame, frame, and the processing unit 2120 has not measured the first frame, the transceiving unit 2110 is also configured to resend the first request frame.
从而,在本申请中,第一设备可以在测量结果过时失效的时候将测量结果丢弃,或者在测量结果还未失效时重新发送第一请求帧,以实现可靠感知。Therefore, in this application, the first device can discard the measurement results when the measurement results are out of date or invalid, or resend the first request frame when the measurement results are not invalid to achieve reliable sensing.
可选地,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一 帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Optionally, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; at first If the frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
从而,在本申请中,可以采用多种方式承载第一信息,提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the first information can be carried in multiple ways to improve the flexibility of perception.
可选地,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Optionally, the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the The segment number, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
从而,在本申请中,可以通过多种方式指示发送扇区的标识,例如标识携带发送扇区的BRP帧和/或数据帧进行指示,可以支持多种类型的帧和时段,能够实现灵活感知。Therefore, in this application, the identification of the transmitting sector can be indicated in a variety of ways, such as by identifying the BRP frame and/or data frame carrying the transmitting sector. Multiple types of frames and time periods can be supported, and flexible sensing can be achieved. .
可选地,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同的接入点。Optionally, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node. The first device and the second device are different access points.
在又一种可能的设计中,该装置2100可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第二设备执行的流程,其中,收发单元2110用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元2120用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备的处理相关的操作。In yet another possible design, the device 2100 can implement a process corresponding to the execution of the second device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 2110 is used to perform the transceiver related processing of the second device in the above method embodiment. The processing unit 2120 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the second device in the above method embodiment.
示例性地,收发单元2110用于发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;收发单元2110用于向第一设备发送第一帧,第一帧用于生成测量结果,第一发送扇区的信息和测量结果用于生成感知结果。Exemplarily, the transceiver unit 2110 is configured to send first information. The first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide information about the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame. The first frame is a beam refinement protocol BRP frame and/or Or a data frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is used to send the first frame to the first device, the first frame is used to generate a measurement result, and the information and measurement results of the first sending sector are used to generate a sensing result.
从而,在本申请中,可以运用在多个时段中上行和下行都存在的BRP帧和数据帧对应的发送扇区信息进行感知,能够提高感知的灵活性。Therefore, in this application, the transmission sector information corresponding to the BRP frames and data frames that exist in both uplink and downlink in multiple periods can be used for sensing, which can improve the flexibility of sensing.
可选地,该第一信息还用于指示第二设备能够提供第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
可选地,收发单元2110还用于接收第一请求帧;收发单元2110还用于响应于第一请求帧发送第一响应帧,第一响应帧包括第二信息,第二信息指示第一发送扇区的信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive the first request frame; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send a first response frame in response to the first request frame, the first response frame includes second information, and the second information indicates the first transmission Sector information.
可选地,该第一响应帧还包括第二设备的位置信息。Optionally, the first response frame also includes location information of the second device.
可选地,第二信息用于指示第一发送扇区的标识。Optionally, the second information is used to indicate the identity of the first sending sector.
可选地,收发单元2110还用于接收第二请求帧,第二请求帧用于请求第二发送扇区的信息;收发单元2110还用于响应于第二请求帧发送第二发送扇区的信息,第二发送扇区为第二设备的发送扇区,第二发送扇区包括第一发送扇区。Optionally, the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to receive a second request frame, which is used to request information of the second transmit sector; the transceiver unit 2110 is also configured to send the information of the second transmit sector in response to the second request frame. Information, the second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the first sending sector.
可选地,处理单元2120还用于获取用于发送第一响应帧使用的传输资源,该传输资源为分配给第二设备的资源,或者,该传输资源不是分配给该第二设备的资源。Optionally, the processing unit 2120 is also configured to obtain the transmission resources used for sending the first response frame. The transmission resources are resources allocated to the second device, or the transmission resources are not resources allocated to the second device.
可选地,在第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;在第一帧为数据帧的情况下,第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。Optionally, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit; In the case where the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
可选地,第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:第一帧对应的对话令牌、第一帧对应的传输时间戳、第一帧对应的包编号、第一帧对应的分段编号、第一帧对应的序列编号、第一帧对应的通信标志符、第一帧对应的帧主体。Optionally, the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the conversation token corresponding to the first frame, the transmission timestamp corresponding to the first frame, the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the The segment number, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
可选地,第一设备为接入节点,第二设备为站点;或者,第一设备为站点,第二设备为接入节点;或者,第一设备和第二设备为不同的站点;或者第一设备和第二设备为不同 的接入点。Optionally, the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device is a site and the second device is an access node. The first device and the second device are different access point.
应理解,这里的装置2100以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置2100可以具体为上述实施例中的第一设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一设备对应的流程,或者,装置2100可以具体为上述实施例中的第二设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第二设备对应的流程,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 2100 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group of processors) used to execute one or more software or firmware programs. processor, etc.) and memory, merged logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components to support the described functionality. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the device 2100 can be specifically the first device in the above embodiment, and can be used to perform the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment, or the device 2100 can Specifically, the second device in the above embodiment can be used to execute the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment. To avoid duplication, the details will not be described again.
上述装置2100具有实现上述方法中第一设备所执行的相应步骤的功能,或者,上述装置2100具有实现上述方法中第二设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如,收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The above-mentioned device 2100 has the function of realizing the corresponding steps executed by the first device in the above-mentioned method, or the above-mentioned device 2100 has the function of realizing the corresponding steps executed by the second device in the above-mentioned method. The functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiving unit. (machine replacement), other units, such as processing units, etc., can be replaced by processors to respectively perform the sending and receiving operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
此外,上述收发单元还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元可以是处理电路。在本申请的实施例,图22中的装置可以是前述实施例中的第二设备或第一设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口。处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。In addition, the above-mentioned transceiver unit may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit. In this embodiment of the present application, the device in Figure 22 may be the second device or the first device in the previous embodiment, or it may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC). The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface. The processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitation is made here.
图22示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2200。该装置200包括处理器2210和存储器2220。存储器2220用于存储指令,该处理器2210可以调用该存储器2220中存储的指令,以执行上述方法实施例中的第一设备或第二设备对应的流程。Figure 22 shows a communication device 2200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 200 includes a processor 2210 and a memory 2220. The memory 2220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the first device or the second device in the above method embodiment.
具体地,在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器2220用于存储指令,该处理器2210可以调用该存储器2220中存储的指令,以执行上述方法实施例中的第一设备对应的流程。Specifically, in a possible implementation, the memory 2220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment.
具体地,在另一种可能的实现方式中,存储器220用于存储指令,该处理器2210可以调用该存储器2220中存储的指令,以执行上述方法实施例中的第二设备对应的流程。Specifically, in another possible implementation, the memory 220 is used to store instructions, and the processor 2210 can call the instructions stored in the memory 2220 to execute the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment.
应理解,装置2200可以具体为上述实施例中的第一设备或第二设备,也可以是用于第一设备或第二设备的芯片或者芯片系统。具体地,该装置2200可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与第一设备或第二设备对应的流程。It should be understood that the device 2200 may be specifically the first device or the second device in the above embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system for the first device or the second device. Specifically, the device 2200 may be used to execute the process corresponding to the first device or the second device in the above method embodiment.
可选地,该存储器2220可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器2210可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当该处理器2210执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器2210用于执行上述与第一设备或第二设备对应的方法实施例的流程。Optionally, the memory 2220 may include read-only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory may also store device type information. The processor 2210 may be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 2210 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2210 is configured to execute the above method embodiment corresponding to the first device or the second device. process.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上 述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。During the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory. The processor reads the information in the memory and completes the processing in combination with its hardware. Describe the steps of the method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。本申请实施例中的处理器可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component. The processor in the embodiment of the present application can implement or execute the various methods, steps and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiment of the present application. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
图23示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置2300。该装置2300包括处理电路2310和收发电路2320。其中,处理电路2310和收发电路2320通过内部连接通路互相通信,该处理电路2310用于执行指令,以控制该收发电路2320发送信号和/或接收信号。Figure 23 shows a communication device 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2300 includes a processing circuit 2310 and a transceiver circuit 2320. The processing circuit 2310 and the transceiver circuit 2320 communicate with each other through internal connection paths. The processing circuit 2310 is used to execute instructions to control the transceiver circuit 2320 to send signals and/or receive signals.
可选地,该装置2300还可以包括存储介质2330,该存储介质2330与处理电路2310、收发电路2320通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储介质2330用于存储指令,该处理电路2310可以执行该存储介质2330中存储的指令。Optionally, the device 2300 may also include a storage medium 2330, which communicates with the processing circuit 2310 and the transceiver circuit 2320 through internal connection paths. The storage medium 2330 is used to store instructions, and the processing circuit 2310 can execute the instructions stored in the storage medium 2330.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置2300用于实现上述方法实施例中的第一设备对应的流程。In a possible implementation, the device 2300 is configured to implement the process corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiment.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置2300用于实现上述方法实施例中的第二设备对应的流程。In another possible implementation, the device 2300 is configured to implement the process corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiment.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图3所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the embodiment shown in Figure 3 method in.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图3所示实施例中的方法。 According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium. The computer-readable medium stores program code. When the program code is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the embodiment shown in Figure 3 method in.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个站点以及一个或多个接入点。According to the method provided by the embodiments of this application, this application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more sites and one or more access points.
本文中术语“……中的至少一个”或“……中的至少一种”,表示所列出的各项的全部或任意组合,例如,“A、B和C中的至少一种”,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C,同时存在A和B,同时存在B和C,同时存在A、B和C这六种情况。本文中的“至少一个”表示一个或者多个。“多个”表示两个或者两个以上。The term "at least one of..." or "at least one of..." herein refers to all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can mean: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, B and C exist simultaneously, and A, B and C exist simultaneously. "At least one" in this article means one or more. "Multiple" means two or more.
应理解,在本申请各实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined based on A. However, it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean determining B only based on A. B can also be determined based on A and/or other information. The terms “including,” “includes,” “having,” and variations thereof all mean “including but not limited to,” unless otherwise specifically emphasized.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的信息等。It should also be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the first, second and various numerical numbers are only for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different information, etc.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指示和隐式指示。将某一信息(例如上文所述的第一信息)所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。It should also be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, "instruction" may include direct instructions and indirect instructions, and may also include explicit instructions and implicit instructions. The information indicated by a certain piece of information (such as the first information mentioned above) is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, direct indication can be The information to be indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated, etc. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,“预先配置”可以通过在设备(例如,第一设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should also be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, "pre-configuration" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (for example, the first device). The application does not limit its specific implementation method.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。 The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (23)

  1. 一种感知方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A sensing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一设备接收来自第二设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,所述第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;The first device receives first information from the second device. The first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide information about the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame. The first frame is beam refinement. Protocol BRP frames and/or data frames;
    所述第一设备测量来自所述第二设备的所述第一帧,以生成测量结果,所述第一发送扇区的信息和所述测量结果用于生成感知结果。The first device measures the first frame from the second device to generate a measurement result, and the information of the first transmitting sector and the measurement result are used to generate a sensing result.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还用于指示所述第二设备能够提供所述第二设备的位置信息。The method of claim 1, wherein the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备发送第一请求帧;The first device sends a first request frame;
    所述第一设备接收响应于所述第一请求帧的第一响应帧,所述第一响应帧包括第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一发送扇区的信息。The first device receives a first response frame in response to the first request frame, the first response frame including second information indicating information of the first transmission sector.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    所述第一设备生成第二发送扇区的信息和所述第二发送扇区的标识的对应关系,所述第二发送扇区为所述第二设备的发送扇区,所述第二发送扇区包括所述第一发送扇区;The first device generates a corresponding relationship between the information of the second sending sector and the identifier of the second sending sector. The second sending sector is the sending sector of the second device. The second sending sector Sectors include said first transmission sector;
    所述第一设备根据所述第二信息和所述对应关系确定所述第一发送扇区的信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一发送扇区的标识。The first device determines the information of the first transmitting sector according to the second information and the corresponding relationship, and the second information indicates the identity of the first transmitting sector.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 4, further comprising:
    所述第一设备发送第二请求帧,所述第二请求帧用于请求所述第二发送扇区的信息;The first device sends a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector;
    所述第一设备接收响应于所述第二请求帧的所述第二发送扇区的信息。The first device receives information of the second transmission sector in response to the second request frame.
  6. 如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备获取用于发送所述第一请求帧的传输资源,所述传输资源为分配给所述第一设备的资源,或者,所述传输资源不是分配给所述第一设备的资源。The first device obtains transmission resources for sending the first request frame, and the transmission resources are resources allocated to the first device, or the transmission resources are not resources allocated to the first device. .
  7. 如权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, characterized in that the method further includes:
    若所述第一设备在测量所述第一帧之后,经过第一时间未发送所述第一请求帧,则丢弃所述测量结果;If the first device does not send the first request frame within a first time after measuring the first frame, discard the measurement result;
    若所述第一设备在测量所述第一帧之后,经过第二时间未接收所述第一响应帧,则丢弃所述测量结果;If the first device does not receive the first response frame after a second period of time after measuring the first frame, discard the measurement result;
    若所述第一设备在发送所述第一请求帧之后,经过第三时间未接收所述第一响应帧,且所述第一设备还未测量所述第一帧,则重新发送所述第一请求帧。If the first device does not receive the first response frame after a third time has elapsed after sending the first request frame, and the first device has not measured the first frame, then the first device resends the first response frame. A request frame.
  8. 权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that,
    在所述第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,所述第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;In the case where the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field, EDMG BRP field, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit;
    在所述第一帧为数据帧的情况下,所述第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。If the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
  9. 如权利要求1至8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:所述第一帧对应的对话令牌、所述第一帧对应的传输时间戳、所述第一帧 对应的包编号、所述第一帧对应的分段编号、所述第一帧对应的序列编号、所述第一帧对应的通信标志符、所述第一帧对应的帧主体。The method of claims 1 to 8, wherein the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: a dialogue token corresponding to the first frame, a dialogue token corresponding to the first frame Transmission timestamp, the first frame The corresponding packet number, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, and the frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  10. 如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备为接入节点,所述第二设备为站点;或者,所述第一设备为站点,所述第二设备为接入节点;或者,所述第一设备和所述第二设备为不同的站点;或者所述第一设备和所述第二设备为不同的接入点。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the third device is a site. The two devices are access nodes; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  11. 一种感知方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A sensing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第二设备能够提供第一帧对应的第一发送扇区的信息,所述第一帧为波束细化协议BRP帧和/或数据帧;The second device sends first information to the first device. The first information is used to indicate that the second device can provide information about the first transmission sector corresponding to the first frame. The first frame is a beam refinement protocol. BRP frames and/or data frames;
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第一帧,所述第一帧用于生成测量结果,所述第一发送扇区的信息和所述测量结果用于生成感知结果。The second device sends the first frame to the first device, the first frame is used to generate a measurement result, and the information of the first sending sector and the measurement result are used to generate a sensing result.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还用于指示所述第二设备能够提供所述第二设备的位置信息。The method of claim 11, wherein the first information is also used to indicate that the second device can provide location information of the second device.
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备接收第一请求帧;The second device receives the first request frame;
    所述第二设备响应于所述第一请求帧发送第一响应帧,所述第一响应帧包括第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一发送扇区的信息。The second device sends a first response frame in response to the first request frame, the first response frame including second information indicating information of the first transmission sector.
  14. 如权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息指示所述第一发送扇区的标识。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the second information indicates the identity of the first transmitting sector.
  15. 如权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备接收第二请求帧,所述第二请求帧用于请求所述第二发送扇区的信息;The second device receives a second request frame, the second request frame is used to request information of the second sending sector;
    所述第二设备响应于所述第二请求帧发送第二发送扇区的信息,所述第二发送扇区为所述第二设备的发送扇区,所述第二发送扇区包括所述第一发送扇区。The second device sends information of a second sending sector in response to the second request frame, the second sending sector is a sending sector of the second device, and the second sending sector includes the The first sending sector.
  16. 如权利要求12至15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claims 12 to 15, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备获取用于发送所述第一响应帧使用的传输资源,所述传输资源为分配给所述第二设备的资源,或者,所述传输资源不是分配给所述第二设备的资源。The second device obtains transmission resources used to send the first response frame, and the transmission resources are resources allocated to the second device, or the transmission resources are not allocated to the second device. resource.
  17. 如权利要求11至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一帧为BRP帧的情况下,所述第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:BRP请求域、EDMG BRP域、EDMG BRP请求单元、DMG波束细化单元或能力单元;The method according to any one of claims 11 to 16, characterized in that, when the first frame is a BRP frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: BRP request field , EDMG BRP domain, EDMG BRP request unit, DMG beam refinement unit or capability unit;
    在所述第一帧为数据帧的情况下,所述第一信息承载于以下字段中的至少一项:介质访问控制MAC标头、物理层PHY标头或能力单元。If the first frame is a data frame, the first information is carried in at least one of the following fields: a media access control MAC header, a physical layer PHY header, or a capability unit.
  18. 如权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息是根据以下信息中的至少一项生成的:所述第一帧对应的对话令牌、所述第一帧对应的传输时间戳、所述第一帧对应的包编号、所述第一帧对应的分段编号、所述第一帧对应的序列编号、所述第一帧对应的通信标志符、所述第一帧对应的帧主体。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, characterized in that the second information is generated based on at least one of the following information: the dialogue token corresponding to the first frame, the third The transmission timestamp corresponding to one frame, the packet number corresponding to the first frame, the segment number corresponding to the first frame, the sequence number corresponding to the first frame, the communication identifier corresponding to the first frame, The frame body corresponding to the first frame.
  19. 如权利要求11至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备为接入节点,所述第二设备为站点;或者,所述第一设备为站点,所述第二设备为接入节点;或者,所述第一设备和所述第二设备为不同的站点;或者所述第一设备和所述第二设备为不同的接入点。 The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18, characterized in that the first device is an access node and the second device is a site; or the first device is a site and the third device is a site. The two devices are access nodes; or the first device and the second device are different sites; or the first device and the second device are different access points.
  20. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行权利要求1至10中任一项所述方法的单元,或者包括用于执行权利要求11至19中任一项所述方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for performing the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a unit for performing the method described in any one of claims 11 to 19.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收计算机代码或指令,并传输至所述处理器,所述处理器运行所述计算机代码或指令,如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法被执行,或者如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive computer codes or instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor runs the computer codes or instructions, as claimed in the claim The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 is performed, or the method according to any one of claims 11 to 19 is performed.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被执行,或者如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute a computer program or instructions stored in the at least one memory, as claimed in the claim The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 is performed, or the method according to any one of claims 11 to 19 is performed.
  23. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被执行,或者如权利要求11至19中任一项所述的方法被执行。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed, or the method according to any one of claims 11 to 19 is executed.
PCT/CN2023/090941 2022-05-10 2023-04-26 Sensing method and communication apparatus WO2023216888A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210504486.7A CN117098238A (en) 2022-05-10 2022-05-10 Sensing method and communication device
CN202210504486.7 2022-05-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023216888A1 true WO2023216888A1 (en) 2023-11-16

Family

ID=88729674

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/090941 WO2023216888A1 (en) 2022-05-10 2023-04-26 Sensing method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117098238A (en)
WO (1) WO2023216888A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170085306A1 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Intel IP Corporation Method, wireless device, and computer readable medium for conducting a multiple station beam refinement protocol in a wireless network
US20180248603A1 (en) * 2017-02-28 2018-08-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Split beamforming refinement phase (brp) based sector level sweep (sls) for multi-antenna array devices
CN109792278A (en) * 2016-09-09 2019-05-21 索尼公司 Communication equipment and method for communication and position determination based on RF
CN110326231A (en) * 2017-02-14 2019-10-11 高通股份有限公司 It is scanned using the refine by-passing type sector-level of frame of beam forming
CN110870218A (en) * 2017-07-06 2020-03-06 交互数字专利控股公司 Multichannel multiple-input multiple-output beamforming training in millimeter wave systems
CN112020831A (en) * 2018-04-23 2020-12-01 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 Communication device and communication method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170085306A1 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Intel IP Corporation Method, wireless device, and computer readable medium for conducting a multiple station beam refinement protocol in a wireless network
CN109792278A (en) * 2016-09-09 2019-05-21 索尼公司 Communication equipment and method for communication and position determination based on RF
CN110326231A (en) * 2017-02-14 2019-10-11 高通股份有限公司 It is scanned using the refine by-passing type sector-level of frame of beam forming
US20180248603A1 (en) * 2017-02-28 2018-08-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Split beamforming refinement phase (brp) based sector level sweep (sls) for multi-antenna array devices
CN110870218A (en) * 2017-07-06 2020-03-06 交互数字专利控股公司 Multichannel multiple-input multiple-output beamforming training in millimeter wave systems
CN112020831A (en) * 2018-04-23 2020-12-01 松下电器(美国)知识产权公司 Communication device and communication method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117098238A (en) 2023-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10375596B2 (en) Group transmissions in wireless local area networks
CN110870218B (en) Multi-channel multiple-input multiple-output beamforming training in millimeter wave systems
JP5952433B2 (en) Method and system for providing beacon information
JP2016509818A (en) Long-range device detection using directed transmission
US11490283B2 (en) L1-SINR measurement period based on channel measurement resource (CMR) and interference measurement resource (IMR)
KR20110096509A (en) Method for sounding in wireless communication system and apparauts using the same
JP2019512939A (en) Multi resolution beam training in mmW WLAN system
CN109391445A (en) A kind of PDSCH receives indicating means, data receiver method and the device of information
US20220039058A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for wi-fi ranging protocol enhancement with reduced throughput impact
WO2022001241A1 (en) Beam management method and device
KR20080022208A (en) Method and apparatus to transmit and receive data in a wireless communication system having smart antennas
US10038543B2 (en) Many to one communications protocol
US11252587B2 (en) Enhanced fragmented sector level sweep procedure in MMW WLAN systems
EP4049377A1 (en) Spatial reuse for wireless network
WO2023216888A1 (en) Sensing method and communication apparatus
WO2023179368A1 (en) Sensing method and device
WO2023165360A1 (en) Method and apparatus for realizing sensing
WO2022151391A1 (en) Sending frequency adjustment method and apparatus
KR20230157352A (en) Protected sessionless WIFI detection

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23802661

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1